/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
Warning:	line 10397, column 24 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple x86_64-pc-linux-gnu -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name TargetInfo.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -analyzer-config-compatibility-mode=true -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mframe-pointer=none -relaxed-aliasing -fmath-errno -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -fno-split-dwarf-inlining -debugger-tuning=gdb -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -resource-dir /usr/lib/llvm-12/lib/clang/12.0.0 -D _DEBUG -D _GNU_SOURCE -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/build-llvm/tools/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/build-llvm/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include -U NDEBUG -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0/backward -internal-isystem /usr/local/include -internal-isystem /usr/lib/llvm-12/lib/clang/12.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu -internal-externc-isystem /include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-maybe-uninitialized -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/CodeGen -fdebug-prefix-map=/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac=. -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -stack-protector 2 -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -analyzer-output=html -analyzer-config stable-report-filename=true -faddrsig -o /tmp/scan-build-2020-11-24-172238-38865-1 -x c++ /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp

→

1//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
10// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

14#include "TargetInfo.h"
15#include "ABIInfo.h"
16#include "CGBlocks.h"
17#include "CGCXXABI.h"
18#include "CGValue.h"
19#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontend.h"
24#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
25#include "clang/CodeGen/SwiftCallingConv.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
31#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicsNVPTX.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
34#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
35#include <algorithm> // std::sort

37using namespace clang;
38using namespace CodeGen;

40// Helper for coercing an aggregate argument or return value into an integer
41// array of the same size (including padding) and alignment.  This alternate
42// coercion happens only for the RenderScript ABI and can be removed after
43// runtimes that rely on it are no longer supported.
44//
45// RenderScript assumes that the size of the argument / return value in the IR
46// is the same as the size of the corresponding qualified type. This helper
47// coerces the aggregate type into an array of the same size (including
48// padding).  This coercion is used in lieu of expansion of struct members or
49// other canonical coercions that return a coerced-type of larger size.
50//
51// Ty          - The argument / return value type
52// Context     - The associated ASTContext
53// LLVMContext - The associated LLVMContext
54static ABIArgInfo coerceToIntArray(QualType Ty,
                                 ASTContext &Context,
                                 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext) {
// Alignment and Size are measured in bits.
const uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
const uint64_t Alignment = Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
llvm::Type *IntType = llvm::Type::getIntNTy(LLVMContext, Alignment);
const uint64_t NumElements = (Size + Alignment - 1) / Alignment;
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(IntType, NumElements));
63}

65static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
                             llvm::Value *Array,
                             llvm::Value *Value,
                             unsigned FirstIndex,
                             unsigned LastIndex) {
// Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
  llvm::Value *Cell =
      Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
  Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One());
}
76}

78static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
       T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
81}

83ABIArgInfo ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
                                          bool Realign,
                                          llvm::Type *Padding) const {
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), ByVal,
                               Realign, Padding);
88}

90ABIArgInfo
91ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const {
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
                                    /*ByVal*/ false, Realign);
94}

96Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                           QualType Ty) const {
return Address::invalid();
99}

101bool ABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
  return true;

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() < getContext().getTypeSize(getContext().IntTy))
    return true;

return false;
110}

112ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}

114/// Does the given lowering require more than the given number of
115/// registers when expanded?
116///
117/// This is intended to be the basis of a reasonable basic implementation
118/// of should{Pass,Return}IndirectlyForSwift.
119///
120/// For most targets, a limit of four total registers is reasonable; this
121/// limits the amount of code required in order to move around the value
122/// in case it wasn't produced immediately prior to the call by the caller
123/// (or wasn't produced in exactly the right registers) or isn't used
124/// immediately within the callee.  But some targets may need to further
125/// limit the register count due to an inability to support that many
126/// return registers.
127static bool occupiesMoreThan(CodeGenTypes &cgt,
                           ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalarTypes,
                           unsigned maxAllRegisters) {
unsigned intCount = 0, fpCount = 0;
for (llvm::Type *type : scalarTypes) {
  if (type->isPointerTy()) {
    intCount++;
  } else if (auto intTy = dyn_cast<llvm::IntegerType>(type)) {
    auto ptrWidth = cgt.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
    intCount += (intTy->getBitWidth() + ptrWidth - 1) / ptrWidth;
  } else {
    assert(type->isVectorTy() || type->isFloatingPointTy())((type->isVectorTy() || type->isFloatingPointTy()) ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type->isVectorTy() || type->isFloatingPointTy()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 138, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    fpCount++;
  }
}

return (intCount + fpCount > maxAllRegisters);
144}

146bool SwiftABIInfo::isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits vectorSize,
                                           llvm::Type *eltTy,
                                           unsigned numElts) const {
// The default implementation of this assumes that the target guarantees
// 128-bit SIMD support but nothing more.
return (vectorSize.getQuantity() > 8 && vectorSize.getQuantity() <= 16);
152}

154static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
                                            CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
if (!RD) {
  if (!RT->getDecl()->canPassInRegisters())
    return CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect;
  return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
}
return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
163}

165static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
                                            CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
171}

173static bool classifyReturnType(const CGCXXABI &CXXABI, CGFunctionInfo &FI,
                             const ABIInfo &Info) {
QualType Ty = FI.getReturnType();

if (const auto *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>())
  if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()) &&
      !RT->getDecl()->canPassInRegisters()) {
    FI.getReturnInfo() = Info.getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
    return true;
  }

return CXXABI.classifyReturnType(FI);
185}

187/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
188/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
189static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
  const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
  if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
    assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union")((!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!UD->field_empty() && \"sema created an empty transparent union\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 193, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return UD->field_begin()->getType();
  }
}
return Ty;
198}

200CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
return CGT.getCXXABI();
202}

204ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
return CGT.getContext();
206}

208llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
return CGT.getLLVMContext();
210}

212const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
return CGT.getDataLayout();
214}

216const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
return CGT.getTarget();
218}

220const CodeGenOptions &ABIInfo::getCodeGenOpts() const {
return CGT.getCodeGenOpts();
222}

224bool ABIInfo::isAndroid() const { return getTarget().getTriple().isAndroid(); }

226bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
return false;
228}

230bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
                                              uint64_t Members) const {
return false;
233}

235LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
switch (TheKind) {
case Direct:
  OS << "Direct Type=";
  if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
    Ty->print(OS);
  else
    OS << "null";
  break;
case Extend:
  OS << "Extend";
  break;
case Ignore:
  OS << "Ignore";
  break;
case InAlloca:
  OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
  break;
case Indirect:
  OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
     << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
     << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
  break;
case IndirectAliased:
  OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
     << " AadrSpace=" << getIndirectAddrSpace()
     << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
  break;
case Expand:
  OS << "Expand";
  break;
case CoerceAndExpand:
  OS << "CoerceAndExpand Type=";
  getCoerceAndExpandType()->print(OS);
  break;
}
OS << ")\n";
274}

276// Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment.
277static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                                llvm::Value *Ptr,
                                                CharUnits Align) {
llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr;
// OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align;
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy);
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt,
      llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1));
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt,
         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity()));
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt,
                                      Ptr->getType(),
                                      Ptr->getName() + ".aligned");
return PtrAsInt;
291}

293/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
294/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
295///
296/// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules.
297///
298/// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
299///   Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
300///   slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
301/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
302///   an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
303///   will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
304///   leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.  If this
305///   is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than
306///   DirectAlign.
307static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                    Address VAListAddr,
                                    llvm::Type *DirectTy,
                                    CharUnits DirectSize,
                                    CharUnits DirectAlign,
                                    CharUnits SlotSize,
                                    bool AllowHigherAlign) {
// Cast the element type to i8* if necessary.  Some platforms define
// va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*.
if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy)
  VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);

llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur");

// If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed.
Address Addr = Address::invalid();
if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) {
  Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign),
                                               DirectAlign);
} else {
  Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize);
}

// Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back.
CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
Address NextPtr =
    CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, FullDirectSize, "argp.next");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr.getPointer(), VAListAddr);

// If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian
// target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot.
if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
    !DirectTy->isStructTy()) {
  Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize);
}

Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy);
return Addr;
345}

347/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
348/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
349///
350/// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly.
351/// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally
352///   computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy).
353/// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
354///   Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
355///   slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
356/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
357///   an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
358///   will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
359///   leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.
360static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                              QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect,
                              TypeInfoChars ValueInfo,
                              CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign,
                              bool AllowHigherAlign) {
// The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly.
CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign;
if (IsIndirect) {
  DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize();
  DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign();
} else {
  DirectSize = ValueInfo.Width;
  DirectAlign = ValueInfo.Align;
}

// Cast the address we've calculated to the right type.
llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy);
if (IsIndirect)
  DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);

Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy,
                                      DirectSize, DirectAlign,
                                      SlotSizeAndAlign,
                                      AllowHigherAlign);

if (IsIndirect) {
  Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.Align);
}

return Addr;

391}

393static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                          Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1,
                          Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2,
                          const llvm::Twine &Name = "") {
assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType())((Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType()) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name);
PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1);
PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2);
CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment());
return Address(PHI, Align);
403}

405TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() = default;

407// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
408// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
409unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
// Verified for:
//   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
//   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
//   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
//   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
//   AArch64    Linux
return 32;
417}

419bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
                                   const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
// The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
//   x86_stdcall
//   MIPS
// For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
return false;
426}

428void
429TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
                                           llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
// This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
// filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
// dynamic.
Opt = "-l";
Opt += Lib;
436}

438unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const {
// OpenCL kernels are called via an explicit runtime API with arguments
// set with clSetKernelArg(), not as normal sub-functions.
// Return SPIR_KERNEL by default as the kernel calling convention to
// ensure the fingerprint is fixed such way that each OpenCL argument
// gets one matching argument in the produced kernel function argument
// list to enable feasible implementation of clSetKernelArg() with
// aggregates etc. In case we would use the default C calling conv here,
// clSetKernelArg() might break depending on the target-specific
// conventions; different targets might split structs passed as values
// to multiple function arguments etc.
return llvm::CallingConv::SPIR_KERNEL;
450}

452llvm::Constant *TargetCodeGenInfo::getNullPointer(const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
  llvm::PointerType *T, QualType QT) const {
return llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(T);
455}

457LangAS TargetCodeGenInfo::getGlobalVarAddressSpace(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                                 const VarDecl *D) const {
assert(!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) &&((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Address space agnostic languages only")((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return D ? D->getType().getAddressSpace() : LangAS::Default;
463}

465llvm::Value *TargetCodeGenInfo::performAddrSpaceCast(
  CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *Src, LangAS SrcAddr,
  LangAS DestAddr, llvm::Type *DestTy, bool isNonNull) const {
// Since target may map different address spaces in AST to the same address
// space, an address space conversion may end up as a bitcast.
if (auto *C = dyn_cast<llvm::Constant>(Src))
  return performAddrSpaceCast(CGF.CGM, C, SrcAddr, DestAddr, DestTy);
// Try to preserve the source's name to make IR more readable.
return CGF.Builder.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(
    Src, DestTy, Src->hasName() ? Src->getName() + ".ascast" : "");
475}

477llvm::Constant *
478TargetCodeGenInfo::performAddrSpaceCast(CodeGenModule &CGM, llvm::Constant *Src,
                                      LangAS SrcAddr, LangAS DestAddr,
                                      llvm::Type *DestTy) const {
// Since target may map different address spaces in AST to the same address
// space, an address space conversion may end up as a bitcast.
return llvm::ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(Src, DestTy);
484}

486llvm::SyncScope::ID
487TargetCodeGenInfo::getLLVMSyncScopeID(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                    SyncScope Scope,
                                    llvm::AtomicOrdering Ordering,
                                    llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
return Ctx.getOrInsertSyncScopeID(""); /* default sync scope */
492}

494static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);

496/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
497/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
498static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
                       bool AllowArrays) {
if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
  return true;

QualType FT = FD->getType();

// Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
// Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
bool WasArray = false;
if (AllowArrays)
  while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
    if (AT->getSize() == 0)
      return true;
    FT = AT->getElementType();
    // The [[no_unique_address]] special case below does not apply to
    // arrays of C++ empty records, so we need to remember this fact.
    WasArray = true;
  }

const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return false;

// C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
//
// FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
// current ABI.
//
// The exception to the above rule are fields marked with the
// [[no_unique_address]] attribute (since C++20).  Those do count as empty
// according to the Itanium ABI.  The exception applies only to records,
// not arrays of records, so we must also check whether we stripped off an
// array type above.
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()) &&
    (WasArray || !FD->hasAttr<NoUniqueAddressAttr>()))
  return false;

return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
537}

539/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
540/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
541/// considered empty.
542static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return false;
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
  return false;

// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
  for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
    if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
      return false;

for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
  if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
    return false;
return true;
560}

562/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
563/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
564/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
565/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
566/// considered single element structs.
567///
568/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
569/// it exists.
570static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return nullptr;

const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
  return nullptr;

const Type *Found = nullptr;

// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
  for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
    // Ignore empty records.
    if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
      continue;

    // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
    if (Found)
      return nullptr;

    // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
    // cannot be a single element struct.
    Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
    if (!Found)
      return nullptr;
  }
}

// Check for single element.
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
  QualType FT = FD->getType();

  // Ignore empty fields.
  if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
    continue;

  // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
  // struct.
  if (Found)
    return nullptr;

  // Treat single element arrays as the element.
  while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
    if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
      break;
    FT = AT->getElementType();
  }

  if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
    Found = FT.getTypePtr();
  } else {
    Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
    if (!Found)
      return nullptr;
  }
}

// We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
// padding beyond the element type.
if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
  return nullptr;

return Found;
635}

637namespace {
638Address EmitVAArgInstr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
                     const ABIArgInfo &AI) {
// This default implementation defers to the llvm backend's va_arg
// instruction. It can handle only passing arguments directly
// (typically only handled in the backend for primitive types), or
// aggregates passed indirectly by pointer (NOTE: if the "byval"
// flag has ABI impact in the callee, this implementation cannot
// work.)

// Only a few cases are covered here at the moment -- those needed
// by the default abi.
llvm::Value *Val;

if (AI.isIndirect()) {
  assert(!AI.getPaddingType() &&((!AI.getPaddingType() && "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getPaddingType() && \"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 653, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getPaddingType() && "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getPaddingType() && \"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 653, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(((!AI.getIndirectRealign() && "Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getIndirectRealign() && \"Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 656, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
      !AI.getIndirectRealign() &&((!AI.getIndirectRealign() && "Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getIndirectRealign() && \"Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 656, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
      "Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getIndirectRealign() && "Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getIndirectRealign() && \"Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 656, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  auto TyInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
  CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.Align;

  llvm::Type *BaseTy =
      llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
  llvm::Value *Addr =
      CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), BaseTy);
  return Address(Addr, TyAlignForABI);
} else {
  assert((AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) &&(((AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) && "Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) && \"Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 668, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!")(((AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) && "Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) && \"Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 668, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  assert(!AI.getInReg() &&((!AI.getInReg() && "Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getInReg() && \"Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 671, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getInReg() && "Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getInReg() && \"Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 671, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!AI.getPaddingType() &&((!AI.getPaddingType() && "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getPaddingType() && \"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 673, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getPaddingType() && "Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getPaddingType() && \"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 673, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!AI.getDirectOffset() &&((!AI.getDirectOffset() && "Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getDirectOffset() && \"Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 675, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getDirectOffset() && "Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getDirectOffset() && \"Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 675, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!AI.getCoerceToType() &&((!AI.getCoerceToType() && "Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getCoerceToType() && \"Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!")((!AI.getCoerceToType() && "Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!AI.getCoerceToType() && \"Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "varet");
  Val = CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val, Temp);
  return Temp;
}
684}

686/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
687/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
688/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
689/// conform to any particular ABI.
690class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
691public:
DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override {
  return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, classifyArgumentType(Ty));
}
708};

710class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
711public:
DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<DefaultABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
714};

716ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // passed by value.
  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

ASTContext &Context = getContext();
if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() >
      Context.getTypeSize(Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()
                              ? Context.Int128Ty
                              : Context.LongLongTy))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                          : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
742}

744ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
  RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() >
      getContext().getTypeSize(getContext().getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()
                                   ? getContext().Int128Ty
                                   : getContext().LongLongTy))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
764}

766//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
767// WebAssembly ABI Implementation
768//
769// This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo.
770//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

772class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public SwiftABIInfo {
773public:
enum ABIKind {
  MVP = 0,
  ExperimentalMV = 1,
};

779private:
DefaultABIInfo defaultInfo;
ABIKind Kind;

783public:
explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
    : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), defaultInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}

787private:
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;

// DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
// non-virtual, but computeInfo and EmitVAArg are virtual, so we
// overload them.
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
    Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}

bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return false;
}
812};

814class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
815public:
explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
                                      WebAssemblyABIInfo::ABIKind K)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<WebAssemblyABIInfo>(CGT, K)) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
  if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>()) {
      llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
      llvm::AttrBuilder B;
      B.addAttribute("wasm-import-module", Attr->getImportModule());
      Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B);
    }
    if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>()) {
      llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
      llvm::AttrBuilder B;
      B.addAttribute("wasm-import-name", Attr->getImportName());
      Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B);
    }
    if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<WebAssemblyExportNameAttr>()) {
      llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
      llvm::AttrBuilder B;
      B.addAttribute("wasm-export-name", Attr->getExportName());
      Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B);
    }
  }

  if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
    if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !FD->hasPrototype())
      Fn->addFnAttr("no-prototype");
  }
}
850};

852/// Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
853ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // passed by value.
  if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
  // Ignore empty structs/unions.
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
  // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
  // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
  // though watch out for things like bitfields.
  if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
  // For the experimental multivalue ABI, fully expand all other aggregates
  if (Kind == ABIKind::ExperimentalMV) {
    const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
    assert(RT)((RT) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RT", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 872, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    bool HasBitField = false;
    for (auto *Field : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
      if (Field->isBitField()) {
        HasBitField = true;
        break;
      }
    }
    if (!HasBitField)
      return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
  }
}

// Otherwise just do the default thing.
return defaultInfo.classifyArgumentType(Ty);
887}

889ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // returned by value.
  if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
    // Ignore empty structs/unions.
    if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
      return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
    // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We
    // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using
    // ABIArgInfo::getDirect().
    if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
    // For the experimental multivalue ABI, return all other aggregates
    if (Kind == ABIKind::ExperimentalMV)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  }
}

// Otherwise just do the default thing.
return defaultInfo.classifyReturnType(RetTy);
910}

912Address WebAssemblyABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                    QualType Ty) const {
bool IsIndirect = isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
                  !isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true) &&
                  !isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
                        getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
                        /*AllowHigherAlign=*/true);
921}

923//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
924// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
925//
926// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
927// are always passed on the stack.
928//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

930class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
public:
PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                  Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override;
940};

942class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
public:
 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
     : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<PNaClABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
946};

948void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());

for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
954}

956Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                              QualType Ty) const {
// The PNaCL ABI is a bit odd, in that varargs don't use normal
// function classification. Structs get passed directly for varargs
// functions, through a rewriting transform in
// pnacl-llvm/lib/Transforms/NaCl/ExpandVarArgs.cpp, which allows
// this target to actually support a va_arg instructions with an
// aggregate type, unlike other targets.
return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
965}

967/// Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
968ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
} else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
} else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
  // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
} else if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
  // Treat extended integers as integers if <=64, otherwise pass indirectly.
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                          : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
988}

990ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

// In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

// Treat extended integers as integers if <=64, otherwise pass indirectly.
if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
  RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1011}

1013/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
1014bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
// Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
  cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
  IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
1019}

1021static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                        StringRef Constraint,
                                        llvm::Type* Ty) {
bool IsMMXCons = llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(Constraint)
                   .Cases("y", "&y", "^Ym", true)
                   .Default(false);
if (IsMMXCons && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
  if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getPrimitiveSizeInBits().getFixedSize() !=
      64) {
    // Invalid MMX constraint
    return nullptr;
  }

  return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
}

// No operation needed
return Ty;
1039}

1041/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
1042/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
1043static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) {
    if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
      if (&Context.getTargetInfo().getLongDoubleFormat() ==
          &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
  // registers specially.
  unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
  if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
    return true;
}
return false;
1061}

1063/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
1064/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
1065static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
return NumMembers <= 4;
1067}

1069/// Returns a Homogeneous Vector Aggregate ABIArgInfo, used in X86.
1070static ABIArgInfo getDirectX86Hva(llvm::Type* T = nullptr) {
auto AI = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(T);
AI.setInReg(true);
AI.setCanBeFlattened(false);
return AI;
1075}

1077//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1078// X86-32 ABI Implementation
1079//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

1081/// Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
1082struct CCState {
CCState(CGFunctionInfo &FI)
    : IsPreassigned(FI.arg_size()), CC(FI.getCallingConvention()) {}

llvm::SmallBitVector IsPreassigned;
unsigned CC = CallingConv::CC_C;
unsigned FreeRegs = 0;
unsigned FreeSSERegs = 0;
1090};

1092enum {
// Vectorcall only allows the first 6 parameters to be passed in registers.
VectorcallMaxParamNumAsReg = 6
1095};

1097/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
1098class X86_32ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
enum Class {
  Integer,
  Float
};

static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;

bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;
bool IsWin32StructABI;
bool IsSoftFloatABI;
bool IsMCUABI;
unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;

static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
  return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
}

bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
  // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
  return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
}

bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
                                       uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
  // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
  return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
}

bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;

/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
/// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;

ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;

/// Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;

Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;

/// Updates the number of available free registers, returns
/// true if any registers were allocated.
bool updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;

bool shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &InReg,
                              bool &NeedsPadding) const;
bool shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;

bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty) const;

/// Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
/// inalloca.
void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;

void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
                         CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
                         QualType Type) const;
void runVectorCallFirstPass(CGFunctionInfo &FI, CCState &State) const;

1162public:

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
              bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
              unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
  : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI),
    IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI),
    IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI),
    IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
    IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()),
    DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {}

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  // LLVM's x86-32 lowering currently only assigns up to three
  // integer registers and three fp registers.  Oddly, it'll use up to
  // four vector registers for vectors, but those can overlap with the
  // scalar registers.
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 3);
}

bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  // x86-32 lowering does not support passing swifterror in a register.
  return false;
}
1191};

1193class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1194public:
X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
                        bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
                        unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<X86_32ABIInfo>(
          CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI,
          NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {}

static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
    const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
  if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
  return 4;
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;

llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                StringRef Constraint,
                                llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
  return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
}

void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
                              std::string &Constraints,
                              std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
                              std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
                              std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
                              std::string &AsmString,
                              unsigned NumOutputs) const override;

llvm::Constant *
getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
                 (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
                 ('v' << 16) |
                 ('2' << 24);
  return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
}

StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
  return "movl\t%ebp, %ebp"
         "\t\t// marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
}
1244};

1246}

1248/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
1249/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
1250/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
1251///     mov $0, $1
1252///     mov eax, $1
1253/// The result will be:
1254///     mov $0, $2
1255///     mov eax, $2
1256static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
                                           unsigned NumNewOuts,
                                           std::string &AsmString) {
std::string Buf;
llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
size_t Pos = 0;
while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
  size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
  if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
    DollarStart = AsmString.size();
  size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
  if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
    DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
  OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
  Pos = DollarEnd;
  size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
  if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
    // We have an operand reference.
    size_t DigitStart = Pos;
    if (AsmString[DigitStart] == '{') {
      OS << '{';
      ++DigitStart;
    }
    size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
    if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
      DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
    StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
    unsigned OperandIndex;
    if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
      if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
        OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
      OS << OperandIndex;
    } else {
      OS << OperandStr;
    }
    Pos = DigitEnd;
  }
}
AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
1295}

1297/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
1298void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
  CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
  std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
  std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
  std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
  unsigned NumOutputs) const {
uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());

// Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
// larger.
if (!Constraints.empty())
  Constraints += ',';
if (RetWidth <= 32) {
  Constraints += "={eax}";
  ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
} else {
  // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
  Constraints += "=A";
  ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
}

// Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);

// Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(CGF),
                                                CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);

rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
1329}

1331/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
1332/// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI).
1333bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
                                             ASTContext &Context) const {
uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);

// For i386, type must be register sized.
// For the MCU ABI, it only needs to be <= 8-byte
if ((IsMCUABI && Size > 64) || (!IsMCUABI && !isRegisterSize(Size)))
 return false;

if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
  // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
  // registers.
  if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
    return false;

  return true;
}

// If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
// member function pointer it is ok.
if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
    Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
    Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
  return true;

// Arrays are treated like records.
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
  return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);

// Otherwise, it must be a record type.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT) return false;

// FIXME: Traverse bases here too.

// Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
// passed in a register.
for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
  // Empty fields are ignored.
  if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
    continue;

  // Check fields recursively.
  if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
    return false;
}
return true;
1380}

1382static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
// Treat complex types as the element type.
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
  Ty = CTy->getElementType();

// Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
// convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
// and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
    !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
  return false;

uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
1396}

1398static bool addFieldSizes(ASTContext &Context, const RecordDecl *RD,
                        uint64_t &Size) {
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
  // Scalar arguments on the stack get 4 byte alignment on x86. If the
  // argument is smaller than 32-bits, expanding the struct will create
  // alignment padding.
  if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
    return false;

  // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
  // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
  // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
  if (FD->isBitField())
    return false;

  Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
}
return true;
1416}

1418static bool addBaseAndFieldSizes(ASTContext &Context, const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                               uint64_t &Size) {
// Don't do this if there are any non-empty bases.
for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base : RD->bases()) {
  if (!addBaseAndFieldSizes(Context, Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(),
                            Size))
    return false;
}
if (!addFieldSizes(Context, RD, Size))
  return false;
return true;
1429}

1431/// Test whether an argument type which is to be passed indirectly (on the
1432/// stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was expanded into separate
1433/// arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid inhibiting
1434/// optimizations.
1435bool X86_32ABIInfo::canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty) const {
// We can only expand structure types.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return false;
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
uint64_t Size = 0;
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
  if (!IsWin32StructABI) {
    // On non-Windows, we have to conservatively match our old bitcode
    // prototypes in order to be ABI-compatible at the bitcode level.
    if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
      return false;
  } else {
    // Don't do this for dynamic classes.
    if (CXXRD->isDynamicClass())
      return false;
  }
  if (!addBaseAndFieldSizes(getContext(), CXXRD, Size))
    return false;
} else {
  if (!addFieldSizes(getContext(), RD, Size))
    return false;
}

// We can do this if there was no alignment padding.
return Size == getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1462}

1464ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
// If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
// integer register.
if (State.FreeRegs) {
  --State.FreeRegs;
  if (!IsMCUABI)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy);
}
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);
1473}

1475ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
                                           CCState &State) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t NumElts = 0;
if ((State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall ||
     State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall) &&
    isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
  // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
  if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);

    // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
    // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
    // backend will like.
    if (Size == 128)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::FixedVectorType::get(
          llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));

    // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
    // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
    if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
        (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
                                                          Size));

    return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
  }

  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
    if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
      return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
  }

  // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
  if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
    return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);

  // Ignore empty structs/unions.
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
  // in a register.
  if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);

    // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
    // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
    // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
    // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
    // quality of the generated IR.
    if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
      if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
          || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
        return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));

    // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
    // padding.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
  }

  return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
  RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
    return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1562}

1564static bool isSIMDVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
1566}

1568static bool isRecordWithSIMDVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return 0;
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();

// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
  for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
    if (!isRecordWithSIMDVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
      return false;

for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
  QualType FT = i->getType();

  if (isSIMDVectorType(Context, FT))
    return true;

  if (isRecordWithSIMDVectorType(Context, FT))
    return true;
}

return false;
1591}

1593unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
                                               unsigned Align) const {
// Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
// alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
  return 0; // Use default alignment.

// On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
  // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
  return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
}

// Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
if (Align >= 16 && (isSIMDVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
                    isRecordWithSIMDVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
  return 16;

return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
1612}

1614ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
                                          CCState &State) const {
if (!ByVal) {
  if (State.FreeRegs) {
    --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
    if (!IsMCUABI)
      return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
  }
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
}

// Compute the byval alignment.
unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
if (StackAlign == 0)
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true);

// If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
// argument.
bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign),
                               /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
1636}

1638X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
if (!T)
  T = Ty.getTypePtr();

if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
  if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
    return Float;
}
return Integer;
1649}

1651bool X86_32ABIInfo::updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
if (!IsSoftFloatABI) {
  Class C = classify(Ty);
  if (C == Float)
    return false;
}

unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;

if (SizeInRegs == 0)
  return false;

if (!IsMCUABI) {
  if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
    State.FreeRegs = 0;
    return false;
  }
} else {
  // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are
  // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also,
  // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register,
  // even if there are 3 free registers available.
  if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2)
    return false;
}

State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
return true;
1680}

1682bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
                                           bool &InReg,
                                           bool &NeedsPadding) const {
// On Windows, aggregates other than HFAs are never passed in registers, and
// they do not consume register slots. Homogenous floating-point aggregates
// (HFAs) have already been dealt with at this point.
if (IsWin32StructABI && isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
  return false;

NeedsPadding = false;
InReg = !IsMCUABI;

if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
  return false;

if (IsMCUABI)
  return true;

if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
    State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall ||
    State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall) {
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32 && State.FreeRegs)
    NeedsPadding = true;

  return false;
}

return true;
1710}

1712bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
  return false;

if (IsMCUABI)
  return false;

if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
    State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall ||
    State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall) {
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 32)
    return false;

  return (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || Ty->isPointerType() ||
      Ty->isReferenceType());
}

return true;
1730}

1732void X86_32ABIInfo::runVectorCallFirstPass(CGFunctionInfo &FI, CCState &State) const {
// Vectorcall x86 works subtly different than in x64, so the format is
// a bit different than the x64 version.  First, all vector types (not HVAs)
// are assigned, with the first 6 ending up in the [XYZ]MM0-5 registers.
// This differs from the x64 implementation, where the first 6 by INDEX get
// registers.
// In the second pass over the arguments, HVAs are passed in the remaining
// vector registers if possible, or indirectly by address. The address will be
// passed in ECX/EDX if available. Any other arguments are passed according to
// the usual fastcall rules.
MutableArrayRef<CGFunctionInfoArgInfo> Args = FI.arguments();
for (int I = 0, E = Args.size(); I < E; ++I) {
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t NumElts = 0;
  const QualType &Ty = Args[I].type;
  if ((Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isBuiltinType()) &&
      isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
    if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
      State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
      Args[I].info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
      State.IsPreassigned.set(I);
    }
  }
}
1756}

1758ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
                                             CCState &State) const {
// FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
bool IsFastCall = State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall;
bool IsRegCall = State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall;
bool IsVectorCall = State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;

Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
TypeInfo TI = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);

// Check with the C++ ABI first.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (RT) {
  CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
  if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
  } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
    // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
    return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
  }
}

// Regcall uses the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
// to other targets.
const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t NumElts = 0;
if ((IsRegCall || IsVectorCall) &&
    isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
  if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
    State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;

    // Vectorcall passes HVAs directly and does not flatten them, but regcall
    // does.
    if (IsVectorCall)
      return getDirectX86Hva();

    if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
    return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
  }
  return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
}

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
  // FIXME: This should not be byval!
  if (RT && RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);

  // Ignore empty structs/unions on non-Windows.
  if (!IsWin32StructABI && isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
  llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
  bool NeedsPadding = false;
  bool InReg;
  if (shouldAggregateUseDirect(Ty, State, InReg, NeedsPadding)) {
    unsigned SizeInRegs = (TI.Width + 31) / 32;
    SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
    llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
    if (InReg)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
    else
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result);
  }
  llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;

  // Pass over-aligned aggregates on Windows indirectly. This behavior was
  // added in MSVC 2015.
  if (IsWin32StructABI && TI.AlignIsRequired && TI.Align > 32)
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);

  // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
  // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
  // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
  // optimizations.
  // Don't do this for the MCU if there are still free integer registers
  // (see X86_64 ABI for full explanation).
  if (TI.Width <= 4 * 32 && (!IsMCUABI || State.FreeRegs == 0) &&
      canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty))
    return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
        IsFastCall || IsVectorCall || IsRegCall, PaddingType);

  return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
}

if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // On Windows, vectors are passed directly if registers are available, or
  // indirectly if not. This avoids the need to align argument memory. Pass
  // user-defined vector types larger than 512 bits indirectly for simplicity.
  if (IsWin32StructABI) {
    if (TI.Width <= 512 && State.FreeSSERegs > 0) {
      --State.FreeSSERegs;
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
    }
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
  }

  // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
  // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
  if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
    if ((TI.Width == 8 || TI.Width == 16 || TI.Width == 32) ||
        (TI.Width == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
          llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), TI.Width));
  }

  if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));

  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}


if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

bool InReg = shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(Ty, State);

if (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  if (InReg)
    return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(Ty);
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
}

if (const auto * EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
  if (EIT->getNumBits() <= 64) {
    if (InReg)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  }
  return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
}

if (InReg)
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1896}

1898void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
CCState State(FI);
if (IsMCUABI)
  State.FreeRegs = 3;
else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
  State.FreeRegs = 2;
  State.FreeSSERegs = 3;
} else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
  State.FreeRegs = 2;
  State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
} else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
  State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall) {
  State.FreeRegs = 5;
  State.FreeSSERegs = 8;
} else if (IsWin32StructABI) {
  // Since MSVC 2015, the first three SSE vectors have been passed in
  // registers. The rest are passed indirectly.
  State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
  State.FreeSSERegs = 3;
} else
  State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;

if (!::classifyReturnType(getCXXABI(), FI, *this)) {
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
} else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
  // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
  // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
  if (State.FreeRegs) {
    --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
    if (!IsMCUABI)
      FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
  }
}

// The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
if (FI.isChainCall())
  ++State.FreeRegs;

// For vectorcall, do a first pass over the arguments, assigning FP and vector
// arguments to XMM registers as available.
if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall)
  runVectorCallFirstPass(FI, State);

bool UsedInAlloca = false;
MutableArrayRef<CGFunctionInfoArgInfo> Args = FI.arguments();
for (int I = 0, E = Args.size(); I < E; ++I) {
  // Skip arguments that have already been assigned.
  if (State.IsPreassigned.test(I))
    continue;

  Args[I].info = classifyArgumentType(Args[I].type, State);
  UsedInAlloca |= (Args[I].info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
}

// If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
// all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
if (UsedInAlloca)
  rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1957}

1959void
1960X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
                                 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
                                 QualType Type) const {
// Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned.
CharUnits WordSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(WordSize) && "unaligned inalloca struct")((StackOffset.isMultipleOf(WordSize) && "unaligned inalloca struct"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("StackOffset.isMultipleOf(WordSize) && \"unaligned inalloca struct\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 1965, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// sret pointers and indirect things will require an extra pointer
// indirection, unless they are byval. Most things are byval, and will not
// require this indirection.
bool IsIndirect = false;
if (Info.isIndirect() && !Info.getIndirectByVal())
  IsIndirect = true;
Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size(), IsIndirect);
llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type);
if (IsIndirect)
  LLTy = LLTy->getPointerTo(0);
FrameFields.push_back(LLTy);
StackOffset += IsIndirect ? WordSize : getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type);

// Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.
CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset;
StackOffset = FieldEnd.alignTo(WordSize);
if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) {
  CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd;
  llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
  Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity());
  FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
}
1989}

1991static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
// Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
switch (Info.getKind()) {
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
  return true;
case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
case ABIArgInfo::IndirectAliased:
  return false;
case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
  return !Info.getInReg();
case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand:
  // These are aggregate types which are never passed in registers when
  // inalloca is involved.
  return true;
}
llvm_unreachable("invalid enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid enum", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2009);
2010}

2012void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32")((IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IsWin32StructABI && \"inalloca only supported on win32\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2013, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;

// The stack alignment is always 4.
CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);

CharUnits StackOffset;
CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();

// Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
bool IsThisCall =
    FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
    isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
  addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
  ++I;
}

// Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
  addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, FI.getReturnType());
  // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
  Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
}

// Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
if (IsThisCall)
  ++I;

// Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
for (; I != E; ++I) {
  if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
    addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
}

FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
                                      /*isPacked=*/true),
                StackAlign);
2054}

2056Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                               Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const {

auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);

// x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack.
//
// Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass
// anything indirectly.
TypeInfo.Align = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
              getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.Align.getQuantity()));

return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
                        TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
                        /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
2071}

2073bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
  const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)((Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2075, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
  break;
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
  return false;
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
  return true;
}

if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU())
  return true;

switch (Triple.getOS()) {
case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
case llvm::Triple::Win32:
  return true;
default:
  return false;
}
2098}

2100void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
  if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
    llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
    Fn->addFnAttr("stackrealign");
  }
  if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
    llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
    Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
  }
}
2114}

2116bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
                                             CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                             llvm::Value *Address) const {
CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;

llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);

// 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
//   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
// 8 is %eip.
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);

if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
  // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
  // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
  // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
  llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
  AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);

} else {
  // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
  // reason.
  Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
      Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9),
                             CharUnits::One());

  // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
  // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
  // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
  llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
  AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
}

return false;
2150}

2152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2153// X86-64 ABI Implementation
2154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//


2157namespace {
2158/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
2159enum class X86AVXABILevel {
None,
AVX,
AVX512
2163};

2165/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
2166static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
switch (AVXLevel) {
case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
  return 512;
case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
  return 256;
case X86AVXABILevel::None:
  return 128;
}
llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown AVXLevel", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2175);
2176}

2178/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
2179class X86_64ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
enum Class {
  Integer = 0,
  SSE,
  SSEUp,
  X87,
  X87Up,
  ComplexX87,
  NoClass,
  Memory
};

/// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
///
/// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
/// classification \arg Field.
///
/// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
/// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
/// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
/// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);

/// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
///
/// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
/// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
///
/// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
/// the classification process.
///
/// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
/// residing in the low word of the containing object.
///
/// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
/// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
///
void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;

/// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
/// given type T should be passed.
///
/// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
/// residing in the low word of the containing object.
///
/// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
/// residing in the high word of the containing object.
///
/// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
/// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
/// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
///
/// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
/// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
///
/// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
/// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
/// will be Memory.
///
/// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
///
/// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
/// also be ComplexX87.
void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
              bool isNamedArg) const;

llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
                               unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
                               unsigned SourceOffset) const;
llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
                                   unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
                                   unsigned SourceOffset) const;

/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
/// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;

/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
/// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
///
/// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
/// available.
ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs,
                                unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
                                bool isNamedArg) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyRegCallStructType(QualType Ty, unsigned &NeededInt,
                                     unsigned &NeededSSE) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyRegCallStructTypeImpl(QualType Ty, unsigned &NeededInt,
                                         unsigned &NeededSSE) const;

bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;

/// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
/// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
/// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
/// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
/// may need to exempt themselves.
bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
  return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
}

/// GCC classifies <1 x long long> as SSE but some platform ABIs choose to
/// classify it as INTEGER (for compatibility with older clang compilers).
bool classifyIntegerMMXAsSSE() const {
  // Clang <= 3.8 did not do this.
  if (getContext().getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <=
      LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver3_8)
    return false;

  const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
  if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::PS4)
    return false;
  if (Triple.isOSFreeBSD() && Triple.getOSMajorVersion() >= 10)
    return false;
  return true;
}

// GCC classifies vectors of __int128 as memory.
bool passInt128VectorsInMem() const {
  // Clang <= 9.0 did not do this.
  if (getContext().getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <=
      LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver9)
    return false;

  const llvm::Triple &T = getTarget().getTriple();
  return T.isOSLinux() || T.isOSNetBSD();
}

X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
// Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
// 64-bit hardware.
bool Has64BitPointers;

2319public:
X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
    SwiftABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
    Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
}

bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
  unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
  // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
  ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
                                         /*isNamedArg*/true);
  if (info.isDirect()) {
    llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
    if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
      return vectorTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits().getFixedSize() > 128;
  }
  return false;
}

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                    QualType Ty) const override;

bool has64BitPointers() const {
  return Has64BitPointers;
}

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}
bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return true;
}
2356};

2358/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
2359class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
2360public:
WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
    : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
      IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {}

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
  // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
  return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
}

bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
                                       uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
  // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
  return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
}

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type *> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}

bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return true;
}

2390private:
ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, bool IsReturnType,
                    bool IsVectorCall, bool IsRegCall) const;
ABIArgInfo reclassifyHvaArgType(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
                                    const ABIArgInfo &current) const;
void computeVectorCallArgs(CGFunctionInfo &FI, unsigned FreeSSERegs,
                           bool IsVectorCall, bool IsRegCall) const;

X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;

bool IsMingw64;
2401};

2403class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2404public:
X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<X86_64ABIInfo>(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}

const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
  return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
}

/// Disable tail call on x86-64. The epilogue code before the tail jump blocks
/// autoreleaseRV/retainRV and autoreleaseRV/unsafeClaimRV optimizations.
bool markARCOptimizedReturnCallsAsNoTail() const override { return true; }

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  return 7;
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override {
  llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);

  // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
  // 16 is %rip.
  AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
  return false;
}

llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                StringRef Constraint,
                                llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
  return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
}

bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
                           const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
  // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
  // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
  // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
  // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
  // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
  // defines varargs anyway.
  if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
    bool HasAVXType = false;
    for (CallArgList::const_iterator
           it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
      if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
        HasAVXType = true;
        break;
      }
    }

    if (!HasAVXType)
      return true;
  }

  return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
}

llvm::Constant *
getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
                 (0x06 << 8) | //           .+0x08
                 ('v' << 16) |
                 ('2' << 24);
  return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  if (GV->isDeclaration())
    return;
  if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
      llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
      Fn->addFnAttr("stackrealign");
    }
    if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
      llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
      Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
    }
  }
}

void checkFunctionCallABI(CodeGenModule &CGM, SourceLocation CallLoc,
                          const FunctionDecl *Caller,
                          const FunctionDecl *Callee,
                          const CallArgList &Args) const override;
2490};

2492static void initFeatureMaps(const ASTContext &Ctx,
                          llvm::StringMap<bool> &CallerMap,
                          const FunctionDecl *Caller,
                          llvm::StringMap<bool> &CalleeMap,
                          const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
if (CalleeMap.empty() && CallerMap.empty()) {
  // The caller is potentially nullptr in the case where the call isn't in a
  // function.  In this case, the getFunctionFeatureMap ensures we just get
  // the TU level setting (since it cannot be modified by 'target'..
  Ctx.getFunctionFeatureMap(CallerMap, Caller);
  Ctx.getFunctionFeatureMap(CalleeMap, Callee);
}
2504}

2506static bool checkAVXParamFeature(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
                               SourceLocation CallLoc,
                               const llvm::StringMap<bool> &CallerMap,
                               const llvm::StringMap<bool> &CalleeMap,
                               QualType Ty, StringRef Feature,
                               bool IsArgument) {
bool CallerHasFeat = CallerMap.lookup(Feature);
bool CalleeHasFeat = CalleeMap.lookup(Feature);
if (!CallerHasFeat && !CalleeHasFeat)
  return Diag.Report(CallLoc, diag::warn_avx_calling_convention)
         << IsArgument << Ty << Feature;

// Mixing calling conventions here is very clearly an error.
if (!CallerHasFeat || !CalleeHasFeat)
  return Diag.Report(CallLoc, diag::err_avx_calling_convention)
         << IsArgument << Ty << Feature;

// Else, both caller and callee have the required feature, so there is no need
// to diagnose.
return false;
2526}

2528static bool checkAVXParam(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, ASTContext &Ctx,
                        SourceLocation CallLoc,
                        const llvm::StringMap<bool> &CallerMap,
                        const llvm::StringMap<bool> &CalleeMap, QualType Ty,
                        bool IsArgument) {
uint64_t Size = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty);
if (Size > 256)
  return checkAVXParamFeature(Diag, CallLoc, CallerMap, CalleeMap, Ty,
                              "avx512f", IsArgument);

if (Size > 128)
  return checkAVXParamFeature(Diag, CallLoc, CallerMap, CalleeMap, Ty, "avx",
                              IsArgument);

return false;
2543}

2545void X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::checkFunctionCallABI(
  CodeGenModule &CGM, SourceLocation CallLoc, const FunctionDecl *Caller,
  const FunctionDecl *Callee, const CallArgList &Args) const {
llvm::StringMap<bool> CallerMap;
llvm::StringMap<bool> CalleeMap;
unsigned ArgIndex = 0;

// We need to loop through the actual call arguments rather than the the
// function's parameters, in case this variadic.
for (const CallArg &Arg : Args) {
  // The "avx" feature changes how vectors >128 in size are passed. "avx512f"
  // additionally changes how vectors >256 in size are passed. Like GCC, we
  // warn when a function is called with an argument where this will change.
  // Unlike GCC, we also error when it is an obvious ABI mismatch, that is,
  // the caller and callee features are mismatched.
  // Unfortunately, we cannot do this diagnostic in SEMA, since the callee can
  // change its ABI with attribute-target after this call.
  if (Arg.getType()->isVectorType() &&
      CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(Arg.getType()) > 128) {
    initFeatureMaps(CGM.getContext(), CallerMap, Caller, CalleeMap, Callee);
    QualType Ty = Arg.getType();
    // The CallArg seems to have desugared the type already, so for clearer
    // diagnostics, replace it with the type in the FunctionDecl if possible.
    if (ArgIndex < Callee->getNumParams())
      Ty = Callee->getParamDecl(ArgIndex)->getType();

    if (checkAVXParam(CGM.getDiags(), CGM.getContext(), CallLoc, CallerMap,
                      CalleeMap, Ty, /*IsArgument*/ true))
      return;
  }
  ++ArgIndex;
}

// Check return always, as we don't have a good way of knowing in codegen
// whether this value is used, tail-called, etc.
if (Callee->getReturnType()->isVectorType() &&
    CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(Callee->getReturnType()) > 128) {
  initFeatureMaps(CGM.getContext(), CallerMap, Caller, CalleeMap, Callee);
  checkAVXParam(CGM.getDiags(), CGM.getContext(), CallLoc, CallerMap,
                CalleeMap, Callee->getReturnType(),
                /*IsArgument*/ false);
}
2587}

2589static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
// If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
// If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
// This matches the behavior of MSVC.
bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
ArgStr += Lib;
if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib") && !Lib.endswith_lower(".a"))
  ArgStr += ".lib";
ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
return ArgStr;
2600}

2602class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
2603public:
WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
      bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
      unsigned NumRegisterParameters)
  : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
      Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;

void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
                               llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
  Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
}

void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
                             llvm::StringRef Value,
                             llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
}
2624};

2626static void addStackProbeTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                                        CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
if (llvm::Function *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::Function>(GV)) {

  if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096)
    Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
                  llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
  if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().NoStackArgProbe)
    Fn->addFnAttr("no-stack-arg-probe");
}
2636}

2638void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
addStackProbeTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
2644}

2646class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2647public:
WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
                           X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<WinX86_64ABIInfo>(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  return 7;
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override {
  llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);

  // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
  // 16 is %rip.
  AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
  return false;
}

void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
                               llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
  Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
}

void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
                             llvm::StringRef Value,
                             llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
}
2680};

2682void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
  if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
    llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
    Fn->addFnAttr("stackrealign");
  }
  if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
    llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
    Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
  }
}

addStackProbeTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
2699}
2700}

2702void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
                            Class &Hi) const {
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
//
// (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
//     memory.
//
// (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
//     memory.
//
// (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
//     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
//     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
//     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
//
// (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
//
// Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
// only with unions; for example:
//   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
//
// Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
//
if (Hi == Memory)
  Lo = Memory;
if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
  Lo = Memory;
if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
  Lo = Memory;
if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
  Hi = SSE;
2733}

2735X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
// classified recursively so that always two fields are
// considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
// the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
//
// (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
//
// (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
// the other class.
//
// (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
// class.
//
// (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
// INTEGER.
//
// (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
// MEMORY is used as class.
//
// (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.

// Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
// ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&(((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && \"Invalid accumulated classification during merge.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2760, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.")(((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && \"Invalid accumulated classification during merge.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2760, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
  return Accum;
if (Field == Memory)
  return Memory;
if (Accum == NoClass)
  return Field;
if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
  return Integer;
if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
    Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
  return Memory;
return SSE;
2773}

2775void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
                           Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
// FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
// Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
// situations.

// FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
// shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
// can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.

Lo = Hi = NoClass;

Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
Current = Memory;

if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();

  if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
    Current = NoClass;
  } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
    Lo = Integer;
    Hi = Integer;
  } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
    Current = Integer;
  } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) {
    Current = SSE;
  } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
    const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
    if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) {
      Lo = SSE;
      Hi = SSEUp;
    } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended()) {
      Lo = X87;
      Hi = X87Up;
    } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble()) {
      Current = SSE;
    } else
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected long double representation!"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2813);
  }
  // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
  // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
  return;
}

if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
  // Classify the underlying integer type.
  classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
  return;
}

if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
  Current = Integer;
  return;
}

if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
  if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
    if (Has64BitPointers) {
      // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
      // Lo and Hi now.
      Lo = Hi = Integer;
    } else {
      // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
      // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
      uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
      uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
      if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
        Lo = Hi = Integer;
      } else {
        Current = Integer;
      }
    }
  } else {
    Current = Integer;
  }
  return;
}

if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
  if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
    // gcc passes the following as integer:
    // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
    // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
    // 1 byte  - <1 x char>
    Current = Integer;

    // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
    // split.
    uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
    uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
    if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
      Hi = Lo;
  } else if (Size == 64) {
    QualType ElementType = VT->getElementType();

    // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
    if (ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
      return;

    // gcc passes <1 x long long> as SSE but clang used to unconditionally
    // pass them as integer.  For platforms where clang is the de facto
    // platform compiler, we must continue to use integer.
    if (!classifyIntegerMMXAsSSE() &&
        (ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
         ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
         ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
         ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)))
      Current = Integer;
    else
      Current = SSE;

    // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
    // split.
    if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
      Hi = Lo;
  } else if (Size == 128 ||
             (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
    QualType ElementType = VT->getElementType();

    // gcc passes 256 and 512 bit <X x __int128> vectors in memory. :(
    if (passInt128VectorsInMem() && Size != 128 &&
        (ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Int128) ||
         ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UInt128)))
      return;

    // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
    // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
    // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
    // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
    // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
    // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
    // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
    //
    // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
    // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
    // variadic function.
    //
    // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
    // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
    Lo = SSE;
    Hi = SSEUp;
  }
  return;
}

if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
  QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());

  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
    if (Size <= 64)
      Current = Integer;
    else if (Size <= 128)
      Lo = Hi = Integer;
  } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) {
    Current = SSE;
  } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) {
    Lo = Hi = SSE;
  } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) {
    const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
    if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad())
      Current = Memory;
    else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
      Current = ComplexX87;
    else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble())
      Lo = Hi = SSE;
    else
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected long double representation!"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 2944);
  }

  // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
  // should be split.
  uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
  uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
  if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
    Hi = Lo;

  return;
}

if (const auto *EITy = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
  if (EITy->getNumBits() <= 64)
    Current = Integer;
  else if (EITy->getNumBits() <= 128)
    Lo = Hi = Integer;
  // Larger values need to get passed in memory.
  return;
}

if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
  // Arrays are treated like structures.

  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
  // than eight eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
  if (Size > 512)
    return;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
  // fields, it has class MEMORY.
  //
  // Only need to check alignment of array base.
  if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
    return;

  // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
  // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
  Current = NoClass;
  uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
  uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();

  // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
  // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
  // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
  //
  if (Size > 128 &&
      (Size != EltSize || Size > getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel)))
    return;

  for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
    Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
    classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
    Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
    Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
    if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
      break;
  }

  postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
  assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.")(((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && \"Invalid SSEUp array classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3007, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return;
}

if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
  // than eight eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
  if (Size > 512)
    return;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
  // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
  // reference.
  if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
    return;

  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();

  // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
  if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return;

  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);

  // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
  Current = NoClass;

  // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
  if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
    for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
      assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&((!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType(
) && "Unexpected base class!") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && \"Unexpected base class!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
             "Unexpected base class!")((!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType(
) && "Unexpected base class!") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && \"Unexpected base class!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
      const auto *Base =
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());

      // Classify this field.
      //
      // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
      // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
      // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
      Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
      uint64_t Offset =
        OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
      classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
      Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
      Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
      if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
        postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
        return;
      }
    }
  }

  // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
  unsigned idx = 0;
  bool UseClang11Compat = getContext().getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <=
                              LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver11 ||
                          getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPS4();
  bool IsUnion = RT->isUnionType() && !UseClang11Compat;

  for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
         i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
    uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
    bool BitField = i->isBitField();

    // Ignore padding bit-fields.
    if (BitField && i->isUnnamedBitfield())
      continue;

    // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
    // eight eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
    //
    // The only case a 256-bit or a 512-bit wide vector could be used is when
    // the struct contains a single 256-bit or 512-bit element. Early check
    // and fallback to memory.
    //
    // FIXME: Extended the Lo and Hi logic properly to work for size wider
    // than 128.
    if (Size > 128 &&
        ((!IsUnion && Size != getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType())) ||
         Size > getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
      Lo = Memory;
      postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
      return;
    }
    // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
    if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
      Lo = Memory;
      postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
      return;
    }

    // Classify this field.
    //
    // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
    // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
    // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
    // NO_CLASS.
    Class FieldLo, FieldHi;

    // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
    // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
    // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
    if (BitField) {
      assert(!i->isUnnamedBitfield())((!i->isUnnamedBitfield()) ? static_cast<void> (0) :
 __assert_fail ("!i->isUnnamedBitfield()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3113, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
      uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
      uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());

      uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
      uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;

      if (EB_Lo) {
        assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.")((EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("EB_Hi == EB_Lo && \"Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3121, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
        FieldLo = NoClass;
        FieldHi = Integer;
      } else {
        FieldLo = Integer;
        FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
      }
    } else
      classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
    Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
    Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
    if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
      break;
  }

  postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
}
3138}

3140ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
// If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
// place naturally.
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  if (Ty->isExtIntType())
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);

  return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                            : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
}

return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
3156}

3158bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
  unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
  if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
    return true;
  QualType EltTy = VecTy->getElementType();
  if (passInt128VectorsInMem() &&
      (EltTy->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Int128) ||
       EltTy->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UInt128)))
    return true;
}

return false;
3172}

3174ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
                                          unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
// If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
// place naturally.
//
// This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
// when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
// the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
// but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
// 'onstack'. See PR12193.
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty) &&
    !Ty->isExtIntType()) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                            : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
}

if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

// Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
// cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);

// Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
// is important for good codegen.
//
// We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
// handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
//
// For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
// free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
// would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
// did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
// arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
// or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
// might be inreg.
//
// We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
// arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
// registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
// by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
//
// We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
// attributes. See PR12193.
if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

  // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
  // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
  if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
                                                        Size));
}

return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
3233}

3235/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
3236/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
3237llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
// Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
// vectors; strip them off if present.
if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
  Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);

llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)) {
  // Don't pass vXi128 vectors in their native type, the backend can't
  // legalize them.
  if (passInt128VectorsInMem() &&
      cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(128)) {
    // Use a vXi64 vector.
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
    return llvm::FixedVectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()),
                                      Size / 64);
  }

  return IRType;
}

if (IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID)
  return IRType;

// We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256 || Size == 512) && "Invalid type found!")(((Size == 128 || Size == 256 || Size == 512) && "Invalid type found!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Size == 128 || Size == 256 || Size == 512) && \"Invalid type found!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3263, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));


// Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
return llvm::FixedVectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
                                  Size / 64);
3269}

3271/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
3272/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
3273/// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
3274/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
3275/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
3276///
3277/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
3278static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
                                unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
// If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
// data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
// types that don't contain interesting padding.
unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
if (TySize <= StartBit)
  return true;

if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
  unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
  unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();

  // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
    // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
    unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
    if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;

    unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
    if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
                               EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
      return false;
  }
  // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
  return true;
}

if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);

  // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
  if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
    for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
      assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&((!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType(
) && "Unexpected base class!") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && \"Unexpected base class!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
             "Unexpected base class!")((!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType(
) && "Unexpected base class!") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && \"Unexpected base class!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
      const auto *Base =
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());

      // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
      unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
      if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;

      unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
      if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
                                 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
        return false;
    }
  }

  // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
  // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
  // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
  // much.
  unsigned idx = 0;
  for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
       i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
    unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);

    // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
    if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;

    unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
    if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
                               Context))
      return false;
  }

  // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
  // clean.
  return true;
}

return false;
3353}

3355/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
3356/// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
3357/// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
3358/// false.
3359static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
                                const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
// Base case if we find a float.
if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
  return true;

// If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
  const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
  unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
  IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
  return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
}

// If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
  llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
  unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
  IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
  return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
}

return false;
3382}


3385/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
3386/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
3387llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
3388GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
                 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
// The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
// pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
// structs that contain 3 floats.
if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
                          SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
  return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());

// We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
// offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
// case.
if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
    ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
  return llvm::FixedVectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()),
                                    2);

return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3406}


3409/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
3410/// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
3411/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
3412/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
3413/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
3414/// etc).
3415///
3416/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
3417/// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
3418/// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
3419///
3420/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
3421/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
3422///
3423llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
3424GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
                     QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
// If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
// returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
if (IROffset == 0) {
  // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
  if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
      IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
    return IRType;

  // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
  // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
  // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
  // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
  // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
  // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
  if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
      IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
      (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
    unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
        cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();

    if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
                              SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
      return IRType;
  }
}

if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
  // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
  const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
  if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
    unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
    IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);

    return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
                                  SourceTy, SourceOffset);
  }
}

if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
  llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
  unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
  unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
  return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
                                SourceOffset);
}

// Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
// integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
unsigned TySizeInBytes =
  (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();

assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?")((TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && \"Empty field?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3477, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
// isn't larger than the structure.
return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
                              std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
3483}


3486/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
3487/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
3488/// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
3489/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
3490/// return {i32*, float}.
3491static llvm::Type *
3492GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
                         const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
// In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
// at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
// (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
// the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
unsigned HiStart = llvm::alignTo(LoSize, HiAlign);
assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!")((HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && \"Invalid x86-64 argument pair!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3501, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
// second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
// of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
// struct.
if (HiStart != 8) {
  // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
  // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
  // i8/i16/i32.  This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
  // NaCl).
  // Promote these to a larger type.
  if (Lo->isFloatTy())
    Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
  else {
    assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())(((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) && "Invalid/unknown lo type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) && \"Invalid/unknown lo type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
           && "Invalid/unknown lo type")(((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) && "Invalid/unknown lo type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) && \"Invalid/unknown lo type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
  }
}

llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi);

// Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&((TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!") ? static_cast<void> (
0) : __assert_fail ("TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && \"Invalid x86-64 argument pair!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3526, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!")((TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!") ? static_cast<void> (
0) : __assert_fail ("TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && \"Invalid x86-64 argument pair!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3526, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return Result;
3528}

3530ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
3531classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
// classification algorithm.
X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);

// Check some invariants.
assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.")(((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && \"Invalid memory classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3538, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.")(((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && \"Invalid SSEUp classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3539, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
switch (Lo) {
case NoClass:
  if (Hi == NoClass)
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
  // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
  // null.
  assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&(((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && "Unknown missing lo part"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && \"Unknown missing lo part\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3549, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unknown missing lo part")(((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && "Unknown missing lo part"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && \"Unknown missing lo part\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3549, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  break;

case SSEUp:
case X87Up:
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid classification for lo word."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3554);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
  // hidden argument.
case Memory:
  return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
  // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
case Integer:
  ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);

  // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
  // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
  if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
    // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
    if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
      RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

    if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
        isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy))
      return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy);
  }
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
  // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
case SSE:
  ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
  // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
case X87:
  ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
  // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
  // %st1.
case ComplexX87:
  assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.")((Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Hi == ComplexX87 && \"Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3595, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
                                  llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()));
  break;
}

llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
switch (Hi) {
  // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
  // never occur as a hi class.
case Memory:
case X87:
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid classification for hi word."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3607);

case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
case NoClass:
  break;

case Integer:
  HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
  if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
  break;
case SSE:
  HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
  if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
  // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
  // vector register.
  //
  // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
case SSEUp:
  assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.")((Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Lo == SSE && \"Unexpected SSEUp classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3630, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
  // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
case X87Up:
  // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
  // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
  // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
  // extra bits in an SSE reg.
  if (Lo != X87) {
    HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
    if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
  }
  break;
}

// If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
// known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
// first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
if (HighPart)
  ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3656}

3658ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
bool isNamedArg)
const
3662{
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);

// Check some invariants.
// FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.")(((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && \"Invalid memory classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3670, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.")(((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && \"Invalid SSEUp classification.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3671, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

neededInt = 0;
neededSSE = 0;
llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
switch (Lo) {
case NoClass:
  if (Hi == NoClass)
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
  // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
  // null.
  assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&(((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && "Unknown missing lo part"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && \"Unknown missing lo part\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3683, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unknown missing lo part")(((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && "Unknown missing lo part"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && \"Unknown missing lo part\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3683, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
  // on the stack.
case Memory:

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
  // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
case X87:
case ComplexX87:
  if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
    ++neededInt;
  return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);

case SSEUp:
case X87Up:
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid classification for lo word."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3700);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
  // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
  // and %r9 is used.
case Integer:
  ++neededInt;

  // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
  ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);

  // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
  // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
  if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
    // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
    if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
      Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

    if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
        isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty))
      return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
  }

  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
  // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
  // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
case SSE: {
  llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
  ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
  ++neededSSE;
  break;
}
}

llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
switch (Hi) {
  // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
  // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
  // which is passed in memory.
case Memory:
case X87:
case ComplexX87:
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid classification for hi word."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3744);

case NoClass: break;

case Integer:
  ++neededInt;
  // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
  HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);

  if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
  break;

  // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
  // memory), except in situations involving unions.
case X87Up:
case SSE:
  HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);

  if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);

  ++neededSSE;
  break;

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
  // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
  // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
case SSEUp:
  assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification")((Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Lo == SSE && \"Unexpected SSEUp classification\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3773, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
  break;
}

// If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
// known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
// first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
if (HighPart)
  ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3785}

3787ABIArgInfo
3788X86_64ABIInfo::classifyRegCallStructTypeImpl(QualType Ty, unsigned &NeededInt,
                                           unsigned &NeededSSE) const {
auto RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
assert(RT && "classifyRegCallStructType only valid with struct types")((RT && "classifyRegCallStructType only valid with struct types"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RT && \"classifyRegCallStructType only valid with struct types\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 3791, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
  return getIndirectReturnResult(Ty);

// Sum up bases
if (auto CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
  if (CXXRD->isDynamicClass()) {
    NeededInt = NeededSSE = 0;
    return getIndirectReturnResult(Ty);
  }

  for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
    if (classifyRegCallStructTypeImpl(I.getType(), NeededInt, NeededSSE)
            .isIndirect()) {
      NeededInt = NeededSSE = 0;
      return getIndirectReturnResult(Ty);
    }
}

// Sum up members
for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
  if (FD->getType()->isRecordType() && !FD->getType()->isUnionType()) {
    if (classifyRegCallStructTypeImpl(FD->getType(), NeededInt, NeededSSE)
            .isIndirect()) {
      NeededInt = NeededSSE = 0;
      return getIndirectReturnResult(Ty);
    }
  } else {
    unsigned LocalNeededInt, LocalNeededSSE;
    if (classifyArgumentType(FD->getType(), UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U), LocalNeededInt,
                             LocalNeededSSE, true)
            .isIndirect()) {
      NeededInt = NeededSSE = 0;
      return getIndirectReturnResult(Ty);
    }
    NeededInt += LocalNeededInt;
    NeededSSE += LocalNeededSSE;
  }
}

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3833}

3835ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyRegCallStructType(QualType Ty,
                                                  unsigned &NeededInt,
                                                  unsigned &NeededSSE) const {

NeededInt = 0;
NeededSSE = 0;

return classifyRegCallStructTypeImpl(Ty, NeededInt, NeededSSE);
3843}

3845void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {

const unsigned CallingConv = FI.getCallingConvention();
// It is possible to force Win64 calling convention on any x86_64 target by
// using __attribute__((ms_abi)). In such case to correctly emit Win64
// compatible code delegate this call to WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo.
if (CallingConv == llvm::CallingConv::Win64) {
  WinX86_64ABIInfo Win64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel);
  Win64ABIInfo.computeInfo(FI);
  return;
}

bool IsRegCall = CallingConv == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall;

// Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
unsigned FreeIntRegs = IsRegCall ? 11 : 6;
unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsRegCall ? 16 : 8;
unsigned NeededInt, NeededSSE;

if (!::classifyReturnType(getCXXABI(), FI, *this)) {
  if (IsRegCall && FI.getReturnType()->getTypePtr()->isRecordType() &&
      !FI.getReturnType()->getTypePtr()->isUnionType()) {
    FI.getReturnInfo() =
        classifyRegCallStructType(FI.getReturnType(), NeededInt, NeededSSE);
    if (FreeIntRegs >= NeededInt && FreeSSERegs >= NeededSSE) {
      FreeIntRegs -= NeededInt;
      FreeSSERegs -= NeededSSE;
    } else {
      FI.getReturnInfo() = getIndirectReturnResult(FI.getReturnType());
    }
  } else if (IsRegCall && FI.getReturnType()->getAs<ComplexType>() &&
             getContext().getCanonicalType(FI.getReturnType()
                                               ->getAs<ComplexType>()
                                               ->getElementType()) ==
                 getContext().LongDoubleTy)
    // Complex Long Double Type is passed in Memory when Regcall
    // calling convention is used.
    FI.getReturnInfo() = getIndirectReturnResult(FI.getReturnType());
  else
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
}

// If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
// integer register.
if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
  --FreeIntRegs;

// The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
if (FI.isChainCall())
  ++FreeIntRegs;

unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
// get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
unsigned ArgNo = 0;
for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
     it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
  bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;

  if (IsRegCall && it->type->isStructureOrClassType())
    it->info = classifyRegCallStructType(it->type, NeededInt, NeededSSE);
  else
    it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, FreeIntRegs, NeededInt,
                                    NeededSSE, IsNamedArg);

  // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
  // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
  // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
  // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
  if (FreeIntRegs >= NeededInt && FreeSSERegs >= NeededSSE) {
    FreeIntRegs -= NeededInt;
    FreeSSERegs -= NeededSSE;
  } else {
    it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, FreeIntRegs);
  }
}
3921}

3923static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                       Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) {
Address overflow_arg_area_p =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
  CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
// byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
// It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
// alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) {
  overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area,
                                                    Align);
}

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
llvm::Value *Res =
  CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
                            llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
// l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
// an 8 byte boundary.

uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
llvm::Value *Offset =
    llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
                                          "overflow_arg_area.next");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
return Address(Res, Align);
3960}

3962Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                               QualType Ty) const {
// Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
// struct {
//   i32 gp_offset;
//   i32 fp_offset;
//   i8* overflow_arg_area;
//   i8* reg_save_area;
// };
unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;

Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
                                     /*isNamedArg*/false);

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
// in the registers. If not go to step 7.
if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
  return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
// general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
// the number of floating point registers needed.

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
// registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
// l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
//
// NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
// register save space).

llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid();
llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
if (neededInt) {
  gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
  gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
  InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
  InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
}

if (neededSSE) {
  fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
  fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
  llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
    llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
  FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
  InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
}

llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);

// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.

CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
// an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
// copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
// in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
// than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
//
// FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
// collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
// simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
// loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area");

Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
  // FIXME: Cleanup.
  assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs")((AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AI.isDirect() && \"Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4038, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
  Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
  Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
  assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs")((ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ST->getNumElements() == 2 && \"Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4042, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
  llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
  assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&(((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && \"Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4046, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs")(((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && \"Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4046, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
  llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
  llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset);
  llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset);
  llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
  llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;

  // Copy the first element.
  // FIXME: Our choice of alignment here and below is probably pessimistic.
  llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(
      TyLo, CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo),
      CharUnits::fromQuantity(getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(TyLo)));
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));

  // Copy the second element.
  V = CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(
      TyHi, CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi),
      CharUnits::fromQuantity(getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(TyHi)));
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));

  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
} else if (neededInt) {
  RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset),
                    CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);

  // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
  auto TInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
  uint64_t TySize = TInfo.Width.getQuantity();
  CharUnits TyAlign = TInfo.Align;

  // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the
  // register save area.
  if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
    Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
    CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false);
    RegAddr = Tmp;
  }

} else if (neededSSE == 1) {
  RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
                    CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
} else {
  assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!")((neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("neededSSE == 2 && \"Invalid number of needed registers!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4091, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
  // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
  // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable
  // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is
  // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store
  // all the SSE registers to the RSA.
  Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
                              CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
  Address RegAddrHi =
    CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
                                           CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
  llvm::Type *ST = AI.canHaveCoerceToType()
                       ? AI.getCoerceToType()
                       : llvm::StructType::get(CGF.DoubleTy, CGF.DoubleTy);
  llvm::Value *V;
  Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
  Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
  V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(
      RegAddrLo, ST->getStructElementType(0)));
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
  V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(
      RegAddrHi, ST->getStructElementType(1)));
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));

  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
}

// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
// l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
// l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
if (neededInt) {
  llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
                          gp_offset_p);
}
if (neededSSE) {
  llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
                          fp_offset_p);
}
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.

CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);

// Return the appropriate result.

CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock,
                               "vaarg.addr");
return ResAddr;
4145}

4147Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                 QualType Ty) const {
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
                        CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
                        /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
4153}

4155ABIArgInfo
4156WinX86_64ABIInfo::reclassifyHvaArgType(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
                                  const ABIArgInfo &current) const {
// Assumes vectorCall calling convention.
const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t NumElts = 0;

if (!Ty->isBuiltinType() && !Ty->isVectorType() &&
    isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts) && FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
  FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
  return getDirectX86Hva();
}
return current;
4168}

4170ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
                                    bool IsReturnType, bool IsVectorCall,
                                    bool IsRegCall) const {

if (Ty->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align);

const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (RT) {
  if (!IsReturnType) {
    if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
  }

  if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

}

const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t NumElts = 0;
// vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
// other targets.
if ((IsVectorCall || IsRegCall) &&
    isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
  if (IsRegCall) {
    if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
      FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
      if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
        return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
      return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
    }
    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
  } else if (IsVectorCall) {
    if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts &&
        (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())) {
      FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
    } else if (IsReturnType) {
      return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
    } else if (!Ty->isBuiltinType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
      // HVAs are delayed and reclassified in the 2nd step.
      return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
    }
  }
}

if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
  // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
  // directly.
  llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
  if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
  // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
  // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
  if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

  // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
}

if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Bool:
    // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
    // extended.
    return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);

  case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
    // Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point
    // unit. It passes them indirectly through memory.
    if (IsMingw64) {
      const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
      if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
        return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
    }
    break;

  case BuiltinType::Int128:
  case BuiltinType::UInt128:
    // If it's a parameter type, the normal ABI rule is that arguments larger
    // than 8 bytes are passed indirectly. GCC follows it. We follow it too,
    // even though it isn't particularly efficient.
    if (!IsReturnType)
      return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);

    // Mingw64 GCC returns i128 in XMM0. Coerce to v2i64 to handle that.
    // Clang matches them for compatibility.
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::FixedVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));

  default:
    break;
  }
}

if (Ty->isExtIntType()) {
  // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
  // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
  // However, non-power-of-two _ExtInts will be passed as 1,2,4 or 8 bytes
  // anyway as long is it fits in them, so we don't have to check the power of
  // 2.
  if (Width <= 64)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
}

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4289}

4291void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeVectorCallArgs(CGFunctionInfo &FI,
                                           unsigned FreeSSERegs,
                                           bool IsVectorCall,
                                           bool IsRegCall) const {
unsigned Count = 0;
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
  // Vectorcall in x64 only permits the first 6 arguments to be passed
  // as XMM/YMM registers.
  if (Count < VectorcallMaxParamNumAsReg)
    I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false, IsVectorCall, IsRegCall);
  else {
    // Since these cannot be passed in registers, pretend no registers
    // are left.
    unsigned ZeroSSERegsAvail = 0;
    I.info = classify(I.type, /*FreeSSERegs=*/ZeroSSERegsAvail, false,
                      IsVectorCall, IsRegCall);
  }
  ++Count;
}

for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
  I.info = reclassifyHvaArgType(I.type, FreeSSERegs, I.info);
}
4314}

4316void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
const unsigned CC = FI.getCallingConvention();
bool IsVectorCall = CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
bool IsRegCall = CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_RegCall;

// If __attribute__((sysv_abi)) is in use, use the SysV argument
// classification rules.
if (CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_64_SysV) {
  X86_64ABIInfo SysVABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel);
  SysVABIInfo.computeInfo(FI);
  return;
}

unsigned FreeSSERegs = 0;
if (IsVectorCall) {
  // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
  FreeSSERegs = 4;
} else if (IsRegCall) {
  // RegCall gives us 16 SSE registers.
  FreeSSERegs = 16;
}

if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true,
                                IsVectorCall, IsRegCall);

if (IsVectorCall) {
  // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
  FreeSSERegs = 6;
} else if (IsRegCall) {
  // RegCall gives us 16 SSE registers, we can reuse the return registers.
  FreeSSERegs = 16;
}

if (IsVectorCall) {
  computeVectorCallArgs(FI, FreeSSERegs, IsVectorCall, IsRegCall);
} else {
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false, IsVectorCall, IsRegCall);
}

4357}

4359Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                  QualType Ty) const {

bool IsIndirect = false;

// MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
// not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
  uint64_t Width = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  IsIndirect = Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width);
}

return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
                        CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
                        /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
4375}

4377static bool PPC_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                      llvm::Value *Address, bool Is64Bit,
                                      bool IsAIX) {
// This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
// against gcc output.  AFAIK all PPC ABIs use the same encoding.

CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;

llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);

// 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte or 8-byte general-purpose registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Is64Bit ? Eight8 : Four8, 0, 31);

// 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);

// 64-67 are various 4-byte or 8-byte special-purpose registers:
// 64: mq
// 65: lr
// 66: ctr
// 67: ap
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Is64Bit ? Eight8 : Four8, 64, 67);

// 68-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
// 68-75 cr0-7
// 76: xer
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 68, 76);

// 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);

// 109: vrsave
// 110: vscr
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Is64Bit ? Eight8 : Four8, 109, 110);

// AIX does not utilize the rest of the registers.
if (IsAIX)
  return false;

// 111: spe_acc
// 112: spefscr
// 113: sfp
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Is64Bit ? Eight8 : Four8, 111, 113);

if (!Is64Bit)
  return false;

// TODO: Need to verify if these registers are used on 64 bit AIX with Power8
// or above CPU.
// 64-bit only registers:
// 114: tfhar
// 115: tfiar
// 116: texasr
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 114, 116);

return false;
4436}

4438// AIX
4439namespace {
4440/// AIXABIInfo - The AIX XCOFF ABI information.
4441class AIXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
const bool Is64Bit;
const unsigned PtrByteSize;
CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;

4446public:
AIXABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool Is64Bit)
    : ABIInfo(CGT), Is64Bit(Is64Bit), PtrByteSize(Is64Bit ? 8 : 4) {}

bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());

  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
4465};

4467class AIXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
const bool Is64Bit;

4470public:
AIXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool Is64Bit)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<AIXABIInfo>(CGT, Is64Bit)),
      Is64Bit(Is64Bit) {}
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;
4480};
4481} // namespace

4483// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
4484// extended to 32/64 bits.
4485bool AIXABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
  return true;

if (!Is64Bit)
  return false;

// For 64 bit mode, in addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also
// need to extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64
// bits.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Int:
  case BuiltinType::UInt:
    return true;
  default:
    break;
  }

return false;
4510}

4512ABIArgInfo AIXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

if (RetTy->isVectorType())
  llvm::report_fatal_error("vector type is not supported on AIX yet");

if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                      : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4527}

4529ABIArgInfo AIXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

if (Ty->isVectorType())
  llvm::report_fatal_error("vector type is not supported on AIX yet");

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // passed by value.
  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

  CharUnits CCAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);
  CharUnits TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);

  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CCAlign, /*ByVal*/ true,
                                 /*Realign*/ TyAlign > CCAlign);
}

return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                   : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4553}

4555CharUnits AIXABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
// Complex types are passed just like their elements.
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
  Ty = CTy->getElementType();

if (Ty->isVectorType())
  llvm::report_fatal_error("vector type is not supported on AIX yet");

// If the structure contains a vector type, the alignment is 16.
if (isRecordWithSIMDVectorType(getContext(), Ty))
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);

return CharUnits::fromQuantity(PtrByteSize);
4568}

4570Address AIXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                            QualType Ty) const {
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
  llvm::report_fatal_error("complex type is not supported on AIX yet");

if (Ty->isVectorType())
  llvm::report_fatal_error("vector type is not supported on AIX yet");

auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
TypeInfo.Align = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);

CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(PtrByteSize);

return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false, TypeInfo,
                        SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4585}

4587bool AIXTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
  CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *Address) const {
return PPC_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address, Is64Bit, /*IsAIX*/ true);
4590}

4592// PowerPC-32
4593namespace {
4594/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
4595class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
bool IsSoftFloatABI;
bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;

CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;

4601public:
PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI,
                   bool RetSmallStructInRegABI)
    : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
      IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
4618};

4620class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4621public:
PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI,
                       bool RetSmallStructInRegABI)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo>(
          CGT, SoftFloatABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI)) {}

static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(const llvm::Triple &Triple,
                                   const CodeGenOptions &Opts);

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  // This is recovered from gcc output.
  return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;
4637};
4638}

4640CharUnits PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
// Complex types are passed just like their elements.
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
  Ty = CTy->getElementType();

if (Ty->isVectorType())
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16
                                                                     : 4);

// For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
// to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
const Type *AlignTy = nullptr;
if (const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) {
  const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
  if ((EltType->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
      (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
    AlignTy = EltType;
}

if (AlignTy)
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignTy->isVectorType() ? 16 : 4);
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
4662}

4664ABIArgInfo PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
uint64_t Size;

// -msvr4-struct-return puts small aggregates in GPR3 and GPR4.
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) && IsRetSmallStructInRegABI &&
    (Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)) <= 64) {
  // System V ABI (1995), page 3-22, specified:
  // > A structure or union whose size is less than or equal to 8 bytes
  // > shall be returned in r3 and r4, as if it were first stored in the
  // > 8-byte aligned memory area and then the low addressed word were
  // > loaded into r3 and the high-addressed word into r4.  Bits beyond
  // > the last member of the structure or union are not defined.
  //
  // GCC for big-endian PPC32 inserts the pad before the first member,
  // not "beyond the last member" of the struct.  To stay compatible
  // with GCC, we coerce the struct to an integer of the same size.
  // LLVM will extend it and return i32 in r3, or i64 in r3:r4.
  if (Size == 0)
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
  else {
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getVMContext(), Size);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }
}

return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
4690}

4692// TODO: this implementation is now likely redundant with
4693// DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg.
4694Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList,
                                    QualType Ty) const {
if (getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
  auto TI = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
  TI.Align = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);

  CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
  return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAList, Ty,
                          classifyArgumentType(Ty).isIndirect(), TI, SlotSize,
                          /*AllowHigherAlign=*/true);
}

const unsigned OverflowLimit = 8;
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
  // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
  (void)CTy;
  return Address::invalid(); // FIXME?
}

// struct __va_list_tag {
//   unsigned char gpr;
//   unsigned char fpr;
//   unsigned short reserved;
//   void *overflow_arg_area;
//   void *reg_save_area;
// };

bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
bool isInt =
    Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
bool isF64 = Ty->isFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;

// All aggregates are passed indirectly?  That doesn't seem consistent
// with the argument-lowering code.
bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType();

CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;

// The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR.
Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid();
if (isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) {
  NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, "gpr");
} else {
  NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, "fpr");
}

llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs");

// "Align" the register count when TY is i64.
if (isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) {
  NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1));
  NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U));
}

llvm::Value *CC =
    Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), "cond");

llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");

Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);

llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);

// Case 1: consume registers.
Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
{
  CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);

  Address RegSaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4);
  RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr),
                    CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
  assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty)((RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4768, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers.
  if (!(isInt || IsSoftFloatABI)) {
    RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr,
                                                 CharUnits::fromQuantity(32));
  }

  // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of
  // registers we've used by the number of
  CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity((isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) ? 4 : 8);
  llvm::Value *RegOffset =
    Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity()));
  RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty,
                                          RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset),
                    RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize));
  RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy);

  // Increase the used-register count.
  NumRegs =
    Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs,
                      Builder.getInt8((isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) ? 2 : 1));
  Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr);

  CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
}

// Case 2: consume space in the overflow area.
Address MemAddr = Address::invalid();
{
  CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);

  Builder.CreateStore(Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), NumRegsAddr);

  // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4.
  CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);

  CharUnits Size;
  if (!isIndirect) {
    auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
    Size = TypeInfo.Width.alignTo(OverflowAreaAlign);
  } else {
    Size = CGF.getPointerSize();
  }

  Address OverflowAreaAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3);
  Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"),
                       OverflowAreaAlign);
  // Round up address of argument to alignment
  CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
  if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) {
    llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer();
    OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align),
                                                         Align);
  }

  MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy);

  // Increase the overflow area.
  OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size);
  Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr);
  CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
}

CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);

// Merge the cases with a phi.
Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow,
                              "vaarg.addr");

// Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly.
if (isIndirect) {
  Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"),
                   getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty));
}

return Result;
4845}

4847bool PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
  const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc)((Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 4849, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
  break;
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -maix-struct-return
  return false;
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -msvr4-struct-return
  return true;
}

if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && !Triple.isOSLinux())
  return true;

return false;
4864}

4866bool
4867PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                              llvm::Value *Address) const {
return PPC_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address, /*Is64Bit*/ false,
                                   /*IsAIX*/ false);
4871}

4873// PowerPC-64

4875namespace {
4876/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
4877class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
4878public:
enum ABIKind {
  ELFv1 = 0,
  ELFv2
};

4884private:
static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
ABIKind Kind;
bool HasQPX;
bool IsSoftFloatABI;

// A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
// will be passed in a QPX register.
bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
  if (!HasQPX)
    return false;

  if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
    unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
    if (NumElements == 1)
      return false;

    if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
      if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
        return true;
    } else if (VT->getElementType()->
                 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
      if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
        return true;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
  return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
}

4918public:
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX,
                   bool SoftFloatABI)
    : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX),
      IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI) {}

bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;

bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
                                       uint64_t Members) const override;

// TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
// Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
// use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
// floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
// entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
// when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
    // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
    // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
    // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
    const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
    if (T) {
      const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
      if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
          (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
          (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
        QualType QT(T, 0);
        I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
        continue;
      }
    }
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
  }
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}

bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return false;
}
4973};

4975class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {

4977public:
PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
                             PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX,
                             bool SoftFloatABI)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo>(
          CGT, Kind, HasQPX, SoftFloatABI)) {}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  // This is recovered from gcc output.
  return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;
4991};

4993class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
4994public:
PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  // This is recovered from gcc output.
  return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5004};

5006}

5008// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
5009// extended to 64 bits.
5010bool
5011PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
if (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty))
  return true;

// In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
// extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Int:
  case BuiltinType::UInt:
    return true;
  default:
    break;
  }

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() < 64)
    return true;

return false;
5036}

5038/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or
5039/// higher alignment in the parameter area.  Always returns at least 8.
5040CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
// Complex types are passed just like their elements.
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
  Ty = CTy->getElementType();

// Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
// passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
    return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);

  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
} else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8);
} else if (Ty->isRealFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128) {
  // IEEE 128-bit floating numbers are also stored in vector registers.
  // And both IEEE quad-precision and IBM extended double (ppc_fp128) should
  // be quad-word aligned.
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
}

// For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
// to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
if (EltType) {
  const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
  if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
       getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
      (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
    AlignAsType = EltType;
}

// Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t Members = 0;
if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
    isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
  AlignAsType = Base;

// With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
    return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);

  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
} else if (AlignAsType) {
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8);
}

// Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
// has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
  if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
    return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
}

return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5099}

5101/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
5102/// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
5103/// to the number of base elements.
5104bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
                                   uint64_t &Members) const {
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
  uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
  if (NElements == 0)
    return false;
  if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
    return false;
  Members *= NElements;
} else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return false;

  Members = 0;

  // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
  if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
    for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
      // Ignore empty records.
      if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
        continue;

      uint64_t FldMembers;
      if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
        return false;

      Members += FldMembers;
    }
  }

  for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
    // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
    QualType FT = FD->getType();
    while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
           getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
      if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
        return false;
      FT = AT->getElementType();
    }
    if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
      continue;

    // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
    if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
        FD->isZeroLengthBitField(getContext()))
      continue;

    uint64_t FldMembers;
    if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
      return false;

    Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
               std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
  }

  if (!Base)
    return false;

  // Ensure there is no padding.
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
      getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
    return false;
} else {
  Members = 1;
  if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
    Members = 2;
    Ty = CT->getElementType();
  }

  // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
  if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
    return false;

  // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
  // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
  // treated as being equivalent here.
  const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
  if (!Base) {
    Base = TyPtr;
    // If it's a non-power-of-2 vector, its size is already a power-of-2,
    // so make sure to widen it explicitly.
    if (const VectorType *VT = Base->getAs<VectorType>()) {
      QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
      unsigned NumElements =
          getContext().getTypeSize(VT) / getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy);
      Base = getContext()
                 .getVectorType(EltTy, NumElements, VT->getVectorKind())
                 .getTypePtr();
    }
  }

  if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
      getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
    return false;
}
return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
5201}

5203bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
// Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
// double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
      BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
      BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble ||
      (getContext().getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
        (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128))) {
    if (IsSoftFloatABI)
      return false;
    return true;
  }
}
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
    return true;
}
return false;
5222}

5224bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
  const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
// Vector and fp128 types require one register, other floating point types
// require one or two registers depending on their size.
uint32_t NumRegs =
    ((getContext().getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
        Base->isFloat128Type()) ||
      Base->isVectorType()) ? 1
                            : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;

// Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
5236}

5238ABIArgInfo
5239PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

// Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
// or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (Size > 128)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
  else if (Size < 128) {
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }
}

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

  uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity();
  uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();

  // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
      isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
    llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }

  // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
  // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
  // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
  // back-end to store the argument to memory.
  uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy;

    // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
    // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
    if (Bits <= GPRBits)
      CoerceTy =
          llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
    // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
    // according to the required alignment in the save area.
    else {
      uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
      uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::alignTo(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
      llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
      CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
    }

    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }

  // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
                                 /*ByVal=*/true,
                                 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
}

return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                   : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5311}

5313ABIArgInfo
5314PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

// Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
// or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
  if (Size > 128)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
  else if (Size < 128) {
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }
}

if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
      isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
    llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
    llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }

  // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
  uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
  if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
    if (Bits == 0)
      return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

    llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
    if (Bits > GPRBits) {
      CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
      CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy);
    } else
      CoerceTy =
          llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
  }

  // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
}

return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                      : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5370}

5372// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
5373Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                    QualType Ty) const {
auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
TypeInfo.Align = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);

CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);

// If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
// the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
// in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
// pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
// loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
// and store them to a temporary structure.
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
  CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.Width / 2;
  if (EltSize < SlotSize) {
    Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty,
                                          SlotSize * 2, SlotSize,
                                          SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);

    Address RealAddr = Addr;
    Address ImagAddr = RealAddr;
    if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
      RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr,
                                                        SlotSize - EltSize);
      ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr,
                                                    2 * SlotSize - EltSize);
    } else {
      ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize);
    }

    llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType());
    RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy);
    ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy);
    llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal");
    llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag");

    Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx");
    CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty),
                           /*init*/ true);
    return Temp;
  }
}

// Otherwise, just use the general rule.
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
                        TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
5420}

5422bool
5423PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
llvm::Value *Address) const {
return PPC_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address, /*Is64Bit*/ true,
                                   /*IsAIX*/ false);
5428}

5430bool
5431PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                              llvm::Value *Address) const {
return PPC_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address, /*Is64Bit*/ true,
                                   /*IsAIX*/ false);
5435}

5437//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5438// AArch64 ABI Implementation
5439//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

5441namespace {

5443class AArch64ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
5444public:
enum ABIKind {
  AAPCS = 0,
  DarwinPCS,
  Win64
};

5451private:
ABIKind Kind;

5454public:
AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
  : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}

5458private:
ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool IsVariadic) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo coerceIllegalVector(QualType Ty) const;
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
                                       uint64_t Members) const override;

bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!::classifyReturnType(getCXXABI(), FI, *this))
    FI.getReturnInfo() =
        classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());

  for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
    it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
}

Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;

Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override {
  llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
  if (isa<llvm::ScalableVectorType>(BaseTy))
    llvm::report_fatal_error("Passing SVE types to variadic functions is "
                             "currently not supported");

  return Kind == Win64 ? EmitMSVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty)
                       : isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
                                       : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
}

Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                    QualType Ty) const override;

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}
bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return true;
}

bool isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, llvm::Type *eltTy,
                               unsigned elts) const override;

bool allowBFloatArgsAndRet() const override {
  return getTarget().hasBFloat16Type();
}
5515};

5517class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5518public:
AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<AArch64ABIInfo>(CGT, Kind)) {}

StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
  return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t// marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  return 31;
}

bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD)
    return;

  const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
  if (TA == nullptr)
    return;

  ParsedTargetAttr Attr = TA->parse();
  if (Attr.BranchProtection.empty())
    return;

  TargetInfo::BranchProtectionInfo BPI;
  StringRef Error;
  (void)CGM.getTarget().validateBranchProtection(Attr.BranchProtection,
                                                 BPI, Error);
  assert(Error.empty())((Error.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Error.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5550, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  auto *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
  static const char *SignReturnAddrStr[] = {"none", "non-leaf", "all"};
  Fn->addFnAttr("sign-return-address", SignReturnAddrStr[static_cast<int>(BPI.SignReturnAddr)]);

  if (BPI.SignReturnAddr != LangOptions::SignReturnAddressScopeKind::None) {
    Fn->addFnAttr("sign-return-address-key",
                  BPI.SignKey == LangOptions::SignReturnAddressKeyKind::AKey
                      ? "a_key"
                      : "b_key");
  }

  Fn->addFnAttr("branch-target-enforcement",
                BPI.BranchTargetEnforcement ? "true" : "false");
}
5566};

5568class WindowsAArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo {
5569public:
WindowsAArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind K)
    : AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;

void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
                               llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:" + qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
}

void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, llvm::StringRef Value,
                             llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
}
5585};

5587void WindowsAArch64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
addStackProbeTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
5593}
5594}

5596ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::coerceIllegalVector(QualType Ty) const {
assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "expected vector type!")((Ty->isVectorType() && "expected vector type!") ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isVectorType() && \"expected vector type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5597, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

const auto *VT = Ty->castAs<VectorType>();
if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector) {
  assert(VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && "expected builtin type!")((VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && "expected builtin type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && \"expected builtin type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5601, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() ==((VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->
getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && "unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && \"unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
             BuiltinType::UChar &&((VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->
getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && "unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && \"unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!")((VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->
getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && "unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar && \"unexpected builtin type for SVE predicate!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
      llvm::Type::getInt1Ty(getVMContext()), 16));
}

if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector) {
  assert(VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && "expected builtin type!")((VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && "expected builtin type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VT->getElementType()->isBuiltinType() && \"expected builtin type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  const auto *BT = VT->getElementType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
  llvm::ScalableVectorType *ResType = nullptr;
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  default:
    llvm_unreachable("unexpected builtin type for SVE vector!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected builtin type for SVE vector!"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 5616);
  case BuiltinType::SChar:
  case BuiltinType::UChar:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 16);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Short:
  case BuiltinType::UShort:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 8);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Int:
  case BuiltinType::UInt:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Long:
  case BuiltinType::ULong:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Half:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getHalfTy(getVMContext()), 8);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Float:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 4);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Double:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
    break;
  case BuiltinType::BFloat16:
    ResType = llvm::ScalableVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getBFloatTy(getVMContext()), 8);
    break;
  }
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}

uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
// Android promotes <2 x i8> to i16, not i32
if (isAndroid() && (Size <= 16)) {
  llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext());
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
if (Size <= 32) {
  llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
if (Size == 64) {
  auto *ResType =
      llvm::FixedVectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
if (Size == 128) {
  auto *ResType =
      llvm::FixedVectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5678}

5680ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

// Handle illegal vector types here.
if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
  return coerceIllegalVector(Ty);

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
    if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128)
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);

  return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) && isDarwinPCS()
              ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
              : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
}

// Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
// copy constructor are always indirect.
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
                                   CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
}

// Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
// elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
bool IsEmpty = isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true);
if (IsEmpty || Size == 0) {
  if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  // GNU C mode. The only argument that gets ignored is an empty one with size
  // 0.
  if (IsEmpty && Size == 0)
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
}

// Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t Members = 0;
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
      llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
}

// Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
if (Size <= 128) {
  // On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 16 bytes to an integer array of
  // same size and alignment.
  if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) {
    return coerceToIntArray(Ty, getContext(), getVMContext());
  }
  unsigned Alignment;
  if (Kind == AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS) {
    Alignment = getContext().getTypeUnadjustedAlign(Ty);
    Alignment = Alignment < 128 ? 64 : 128;
  } else {
    Alignment = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty),
                         (unsigned)getTarget().getPointerWidth(0));
  }
  Size = llvm::alignTo(Size, Alignment);

  // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
  // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
  llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getVMContext(), Alignment);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
      Size == Alignment ? BaseTy
                        : llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / Alignment));
}

return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5757}

5759ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
                                            bool IsVariadic) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (const auto *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector ||
      VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector)
    return coerceIllegalVector(RetTy);
}

// Large vector types should be returned via memory.
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
    RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
    if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128)
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

  return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) && isDarwinPCS()
              ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
              : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
}

uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true) || Size == 0)
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t Members = 0;
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members) &&
    !(getTarget().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 &&
      IsVariadic))
  // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

// Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
if (Size <= 128) {
  // On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 16 bytes to an integer array of
  // same size and alignment.
  if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) {
    return coerceToIntArray(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext());
  }
  unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
  Size = llvm::alignTo(Size, 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes

  // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
  // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
  if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
    llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
  }
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
}

return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
5820}

5822/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
5823bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // Check whether VT is a fixed-length SVE vector. These types are
  // represented as scalable vectors in function args/return and must be
  // coerced from fixed vectors.
  if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector ||
      VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector)
    return true;

  // Check whether VT is legal.
  unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
  // NumElements should be power of 2.
  if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements))
    return true;

  // arm64_32 has to be compatible with the ARM logic here, which allows huge
  // vectors for some reason.
  llvm::Triple Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
  if (Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 &&
      Triple.isOSBinFormatMachO())
    return Size <= 32;

  return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
}
return false;
5849}

5851bool AArch64ABIInfo::isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits totalSize,
                                             llvm::Type *eltTy,
                                             unsigned elts) const {
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(elts))
  return false;
if (totalSize.getQuantity() != 8 &&
    (totalSize.getQuantity() != 16 || elts == 1))
  return false;
return true;
5860}

5862bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
// Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
// point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
// but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
// including __fp16.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
    return true;
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
  if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
    return true;
}
return false;
5876}

5878bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
                                                     uint64_t Members) const {
return Members <= 4;
5881}

5883Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr,
                                          QualType Ty,
                                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();

llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
if (IsIndirect)
  BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
  BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();

unsigned NumRegs = 1;
if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
  BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
  NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
}
bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();

// The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
// Standard, section B.4:
//
// struct {
//   void *__stack;
//   void *__gr_top;
//   void *__vr_top;
//   int __gr_offs;
//   int __vr_offs;
// };

llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");

CharUnits TySize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
CharUnits TyAlign = getContext().getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(Ty);

Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid();
llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr;
int reg_top_index;
int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TySize.getQuantity();
if (!IsFPR) {
  // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
  reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
  reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
  reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
  RegSize = llvm::alignTo(RegSize, 8);
} else {
  // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
  reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
  reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
  reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
  RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
}

//=======================================
// Find out where argument was passed
//=======================================

// If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
// argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
// though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
// whatever they get).
llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
    reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));

CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);

// Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
// question is whether this particular type is too big.
CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);

// Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
// "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
// align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
  int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();

  reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
      reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
      "align_regoffs");
  reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
      reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
      "aligned_regoffs");
}

// Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
// The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that
// allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining
// registers of the appropriate kind.
llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
    reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);

// Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
// registers or not.
llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
    NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");

CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);

//=======================================
// Argument was in registers
//=======================================

// Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
// registers. First start the appropriate block:
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);

llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr;
Address reg_top_p =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs),
                 CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8));
Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);

if (IsIndirect) {
  // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
  // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
  MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
}

const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
  // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
  // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
  // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
  // contiguously.
  assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly")((!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsIndirect && \"Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0));
  llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
  llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
  Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy,
                                     std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.Align));

  // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot.
  int Offset = 0;
  if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
      BaseTyInfo.Width.getQuantity() < 16)
    Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.Width.getQuantity();

  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
    CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset);
    Address LoadAddr =
      CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
    LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy);

    Address StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i);

    llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
    CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
  }

  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
} else {
  // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory.

  // It might be right-aligned in its slot.
  CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment();
  if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect &&
      (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
      TySize < SlotSize) {
    CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TySize;
    BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset);
  }

  RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
}

CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

//=======================================
// Argument was on the stack
//=======================================
CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);

Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");

// Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and
// floating-point ones might be affected.
if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
  int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();

  OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty);

  OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
      OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
      "align_stack");
  OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
      OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
      "align_stack");

  OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
}
Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr,
                    std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign));

// All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes.
CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
CharUnits StackSize;
if (IsIndirect)
  StackSize = StackSlotSize;
else
  StackSize = TySize.alignTo(StackSlotSize);

llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize);
llvm::Value *NewStack =
    CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");

// Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);

if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
    TySize < StackSlotSize) {
  CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TySize;
  OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset);
}

OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);

CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

//=======================================
// Tidy up
//=======================================
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);

Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
                               OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr");

if (IsIndirect)
  return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"),
                 TyAlign);

return ResAddr;
6127}

6129Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
// The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or
// illegal vector types.  Lower VAArg here for these cases and use
// the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else.
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
  return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect());

uint64_t PointerSize = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0) / 8;
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(PointerSize);

// Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
  Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
  Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
  return Addr;
}

// The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just
// being a pointer for indirect types.
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);

// Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous
// aggregates should be passed indirectly.
bool IsIndirect = false;
if (TyInfo.Width.getQuantity() > 16) {
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
}

return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
                        TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6162}

6164Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                  QualType Ty) const {
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
                        CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
                        /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
6170}

6172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6173// ARM ABI Implementation
6174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

6176namespace {

6178class ARMABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
6179public:
enum ABIKind {
  APCS = 0,
  AAPCS = 1,
  AAPCS_VFP = 2,
  AAPCS16_VFP = 3,
};

6187private:
ABIKind Kind;
bool IsFloatABISoftFP;

6191public:
ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind)
    : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
  setCCs();
  IsFloatABISoftFP = CGT.getCodeGenOpts().FloatABI == "softfp" ||
      CGT.getCodeGenOpts().FloatABI == ""; // default
}

bool isEABI() const {
  switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
  case llvm::Triple::Android:
  case llvm::Triple::EABI:
  case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
  case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
  case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
  case llvm::Triple::MuslEABI:
  case llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF:
    return true;
  default:
    return false;
  }
}

bool isEABIHF() const {
  switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
  case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
  case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
  case llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF:
    return true;
  default:
    return false;
  }
}

ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }

bool allowBFloatArgsAndRet() const override {
  return !IsFloatABISoftFP && getTarget().hasBFloat16Type();
}

6231private:
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
                              unsigned functionCallConv) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
                                unsigned functionCallConv) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *Base,
                                        uint64_t Members) const;
ABIArgInfo coerceIllegalVector(QualType Ty) const;
bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
bool containsAnyFP16Vectors(QualType Ty) const;

bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
                                       uint64_t Members) const override;

bool isEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP(unsigned callConvention, bool acceptHalf) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
void setCCs();

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}
bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return true;
}
bool isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, llvm::Type *eltTy,
                               unsigned elts) const override;
6266};

6268class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6269public:
ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<ARMABIInfo>(CGT, K)) {}

const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
  return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  return 13;
}

StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
  return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t// marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override {
  llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);

  // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
  AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
  return false;
}

unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
  if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
  return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  if (GV->isDeclaration())
    return;
  const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD)
    return;

  const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
  if (!Attr)
    return;

  const char *Kind;
  switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
  case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
  case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
  case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
  case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
  case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
  case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
  }

  llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

  Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);

  ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind();
  if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
    return;

  // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
  // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
  // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
  llvm::AttrBuilder B;
  B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
  Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, B);
}
6336};

6338class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
6339public:
WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
    : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;

void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
                               llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:" + qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
}

void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, llvm::StringRef Value,
                             llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
  Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
}
6355};

6357void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
addStackProbeTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
6363}
6364}

6366void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
if (!::classifyReturnType(getCXXABI(), FI, *this))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic(),
                                          FI.getCallingConvention());

for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(),
                                FI.getCallingConvention());


// Always honor user-specified calling convention.
if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
  return;

llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
  FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
6383}

6385/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
6386llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
// The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchABI())
  return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
else if (isEABI())
  return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
else
  return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
6394}

6396/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
6397/// as the C calling convention.
6398llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
switch (getABIKind()) {
case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
}
llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad ABI kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6405);
6406}

6408void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C)((getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
// they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
  RuntimeCC = abiCC;
6416}

6418ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::coerceIllegalVector(QualType Ty) const {
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
if (Size <= 32) {
  llvm::Type *ResType =
      llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) {
  auto *ResType = llvm::FixedVectorType::get(
      llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), Size / 32);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
}
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
6431}

6433ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty,
                                                  const Type *Base,
                                                  uint64_t Members) const {
assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate")((Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base && \"Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6436, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
// Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
if (const VectorType *VT = Base->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // FP16 vectors should be converted to integer vectors
  if (!getTarget().hasLegalHalfType() && containsAnyFP16Vectors(Ty)) {
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
    auto *NewVecTy = llvm::FixedVectorType::get(
        llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), Size / 32);
    llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(NewVecTy, Members);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false);
  }
}
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
6449}

6451ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
                                          unsigned functionCallConv) const {
// 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
//   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
//   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
//   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
//   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
//   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
//   to four Elements.
// Variadic functions should always marshal to the base standard.
bool IsAAPCS_VFP =
    !isVariadic && isEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP(functionCallConv, /* AAPCS16 */ false);

Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

// Handle illegal vector types here.
if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
  return coerceIllegalVector(Ty);

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
  }

  if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
    if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);

  return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                            : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
}

if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
}

// Ignore empty records.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (IsAAPCS_VFP) {
  // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
  // into VFP registers.
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
    return classifyHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
  // WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use
  // this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs
  // if needed.
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
    assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate")((Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base && Members <= 4 && \"unexpected homogeneous aggregate\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6506, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    llvm::Type *Ty =
      llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members);
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false);
  }
}

if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
    getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) {
  // WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're
  // bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller,
  // and a pointer is passed.
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(
      CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false);
}

// Support byval for ARM.
// The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
// most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
// than ABI alignment.
uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
uint64_t TyAlign;
if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
    getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
  TyAlign = getContext().getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
  ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
} else {
  TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
}
if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
  assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval")((getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && \"unexpected byval\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 6536, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
                                 /*ByVal=*/true,
                                 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
}

// On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 64 bytes to an integer array of
// same size and alignment.
if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) {
  return coerceToIntArray(Ty, getContext(), getVMContext());
}

// Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
llvm::Type* ElemTy;
unsigned SizeRegs;
// FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
// we can.
if (TyAlign <= 4) {
  ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
  SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
} else {
  ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
  SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
}

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
6562}

6564static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
                            llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
// APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
// is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
// the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.

uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);

// Check that the type fits in a word.
if (Size > 32)
  return false;

// FIXME: Handle vector types!
if (Ty->isVectorType())
  return false;

// Float types are never treated as "integer like".
if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
  return false;

// If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
  return true;

// Small complex integer types are "integer like".
if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
  return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);

// Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
// above, but they are not.

// Otherwise, it must be a record type.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT) return false;

// Ignore records with flexible arrays.
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
  return false;

// Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
// like".
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);

bool HadField = false;
unsigned idx = 0;
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
     i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
  const FieldDecl *FD = *i;

  // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
  // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
  //   struct { int : 0; int x }
  // is non-integer like according to gcc.
  if (FD->isBitField()) {
    if (!RD->isUnion())
      HadField = true;

    if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
      return false;

    continue;
  }

  // Check if this field is at offset 0.
  if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
    return false;

  if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
    return false;

  // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
  // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
  // empty structure.
  if (!RD->isUnion()) {
    if (HadField)
      return false;

    HadField = true;
  }
}

return true;
6647}

6649ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
                                        unsigned functionCallConv) const {

// Variadic functions should always marshal to the base standard.
bool IsAAPCS_VFP =
    !isVariadic && isEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP(functionCallConv, /* AAPCS16 */ true);

if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
  // TODO: FP16/BF16 vectors should be converted to integer vectors
  // This check is similar  to isIllegalVectorType - refactor?
  if ((!getTarget().hasLegalHalfType() &&
      (VT->getElementType()->isFloat16Type() ||
       VT->getElementType()->isHalfType())) ||
      (IsFloatABISoftFP &&
       VT->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()))
    return coerceIllegalVector(RetTy);
}

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
    RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
    if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);

  return isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                              : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

// Are we following APCS?
if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
  //
  // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
  // correctly.
  if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
        getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));

  // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
  if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
    // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
    if (Size <= 8)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
    if (Size <= 16)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
  }

  // Otherwise return in memory.
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
}

// Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.

if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

// Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
if (IsAAPCS_VFP) {
  const Type *Base = nullptr;
  uint64_t Members = 0;
  if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
    return classifyHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members);
}

// Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
// are returned indirectly.
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
if (Size <= 32) {
  // On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 4 bytes to an integer array of
  // same size and alignment.
  if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) {
    return coerceToIntArray(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext());
  }
  if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
    // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));

  // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
  if (Size <= 8)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
  if (Size <= 16)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
} else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) {
  llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
  llvm::Type *CoerceTy =
      llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::alignTo(Size, 32) / 32);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
}

return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
6754}

6756/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
6757bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) {
  // On targets that don't support half, fp16 or bfloat, they are expanded
  // into float, and we don't want the ABI to depend on whether or not they
  // are supported in hardware. Thus return false to coerce vectors of these
  // types into integer vectors.
  // We do not depend on hasLegalHalfType for bfloat as it is a
  // separate IR type.
  if ((!getTarget().hasLegalHalfType() &&
      (VT->getElementType()->isFloat16Type() ||
       VT->getElementType()->isHalfType())) ||
      (IsFloatABISoftFP &&
       VT->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()))
    return true;
  if (isAndroid()) {
    // Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different
    // vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types
    // were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path
    // accepts that legacy behavior for Android only.
    // Check whether VT is legal.
    unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
    // NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3.
    if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3)
      return true;
  } else {
    // Check whether VT is legal.
    unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
    // NumElements should be power of 2.
    if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements))
      return true;
    // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
    return Size <= 32;
  }
}
return false;
6793}

6795/// Return true if a type contains any 16-bit floating point vectors
6796bool ARMABIInfo::containsAnyFP16Vectors(QualType Ty) const {
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
  uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
  if (NElements == 0)
    return false;
  return containsAnyFP16Vectors(AT->getElementType());
} else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();

  // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
  if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
    if (llvm::any_of(CXXRD->bases(), [this](const CXXBaseSpecifier &B) {
          return containsAnyFP16Vectors(B.getType());
        }))
      return true;

  if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(), [this](FieldDecl *FD) {
        return FD && containsAnyFP16Vectors(FD->getType());
      }))
    return true;

  return false;
} else {
  if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>())
    return (VT->getElementType()->isFloat16Type() ||
            VT->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type() ||
            VT->getElementType()->isHalfType());
  return false;
}
6825}

6827bool ARMABIInfo::isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits vectorSize,
                                         llvm::Type *eltTy,
                                         unsigned numElts) const {
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(numElts))
  return false;
unsigned size = getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSizeInBits(eltTy);
if (size > 64)
  return false;
if (vectorSize.getQuantity() != 8 &&
    (vectorSize.getQuantity() != 16 || numElts == 1))
  return false;
return true;
6839}

6841bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
// Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
// double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
      BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
      BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
    return true;
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
  if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
    return true;
}
return false;
6855}

6857bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
                                                 uint64_t Members) const {
return Members <= 4;
6860}

6862bool ARMABIInfo::isEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP(unsigned callConvention,
                                      bool acceptHalf) const {
// Give precedence to user-specified calling conventions.
if (callConvention != llvm::CallingConv::C)
  return (callConvention == llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP);
else
  return (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP) ||
         (acceptHalf && (getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP));
6870}

6872Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                            QualType Ty) const {
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);

// Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
  Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
  Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
  return Addr;
}

CharUnits TySize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
CharUnits TyAlignForABI = getContext().getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(Ty);

// Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
bool IsIndirect = false;
const Type *Base = nullptr;
uint64_t Members = 0;
if (TySize > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
  IsIndirect = true;

// ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space
// allocated by the caller.
} else if (TySize > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) &&
           getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
           !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
  IsIndirect = true;

// Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment.
// The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
// APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
// Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address.
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
           getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
  TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
  TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
  // ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes.
  TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
  TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
} else {
  TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
}

TypeInfoChars TyInfo(TySize, TyAlignForABI, false);
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo,
                        SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6919}

6921//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6922// NVPTX ABI Implementation
6923//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

6925namespace {

6927class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo;

6929class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo &CGInfo;

6932public:
NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo &Info)
    : ABIInfo(CGT), CGInfo(Info) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
bool isUnsupportedType(QualType T) const;
ABIArgInfo coerceToIntArrayWithLimit(QualType Ty, unsigned MaxSize) const;
6944};

6946class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6947public:
NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<NVPTXABIInfo>(CGT, *this)) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
bool shouldEmitStaticExternCAliases() const override;

llvm::Type *getCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceDeviceType() const override {
  // On the device side, surface reference is represented as an object handle
  // in 64-bit integer.
  return llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getABIInfo().getVMContext());
}

llvm::Type *getCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureDeviceType() const override {
  // On the device side, texture reference is represented as an object handle
  // in 64-bit integer.
  return llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getABIInfo().getVMContext());
}

bool emitCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceDeviceCopy(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue Dst,
                                            LValue Src) const override {
  emitBuiltinSurfTexDeviceCopy(CGF, Dst, Src);
  return true;
}

bool emitCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureDeviceCopy(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue Dst,
                                            LValue Src) const override {
  emitBuiltinSurfTexDeviceCopy(CGF, Dst, Src);
  return true;
}

6979private:
// Adds a NamedMDNode with GV, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
// resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::GlobalValue *GV, StringRef Name,
                            int Operand);

static void emitBuiltinSurfTexDeviceCopy(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue Dst,
                                         LValue Src) {
  llvm::Value *Handle = nullptr;
  llvm::Constant *C =
      llvm::dyn_cast<llvm::Constant>(Src.getAddress(CGF).getPointer());
  // Lookup `addrspacecast` through the constant pointer if any.
  if (auto *ASC = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::AddrSpaceCastOperator>(C))
    C = llvm::cast<llvm::Constant>(ASC->getPointerOperand());
  if (auto *GV = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::GlobalVariable>(C)) {
    // Load the handle from the specific global variable using
    // `nvvm.texsurf.handle.internal` intrinsic.
    Handle = CGF.EmitRuntimeCall(
        CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::nvvm_texsurf_handle_internal,
                             {GV->getType()}),
        {GV}, "texsurf_handle");
  } else
    Handle = CGF.EmitLoadOfScalar(Src, SourceLocation());
  CGF.EmitStoreOfScalar(Handle, Dst);
}
7004};

7006/// Checks if the type is unsupported directly by the current target.
7007bool NVPTXABIInfo::isUnsupportedType(QualType T) const {
ASTContext &Context = getContext();
if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat16Type() && T->isFloat16Type())
  return true;
if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
    (T->isFloat128Type() ||
     (T->isRealFloatingType() && Context.getTypeSize(T) == 128)))
  return true;
if (const auto *EIT = T->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  return EIT->getNumBits() >
         (Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() ? 128U : 64U);
if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() && T->isIntegerType() &&
    Context.getTypeSize(T) > 64U)
  return true;
if (const auto *AT = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  return isUnsupportedType(AT->getElementType());
const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RT)
  return false;
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();

// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
  for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &I : CXXRD->bases())
    if (isUnsupportedType(I.getType()))
      return true;

for (const FieldDecl *I : RD->fields())
  if (isUnsupportedType(I->getType()))
    return true;
return false;
7038}

7040/// Coerce the given type into an array with maximum allowed size of elements.
7041ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::coerceToIntArrayWithLimit(QualType Ty,
                                                 unsigned MaxSize) const {
// Alignment and Size are measured in bits.
const uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
const uint64_t Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
const unsigned Div = std::min<unsigned>(MaxSize, Alignment);
llvm::Type *IntType = llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getVMContext(), Div);
const uint64_t NumElements = (Size + Div - 1) / Div;
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(IntType, NumElements));
7050}

7052ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (getContext().getLangOpts().OpenMP &&
    getContext().getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && isUnsupportedType(RetTy))
  return coerceToIntArrayWithLimit(RetTy, 64);

// note: this is different from default ABI
if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
  RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
7070}

7072ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Return aggregates type as indirect by value
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Under CUDA device compilation, tex/surf builtin types are replaced with
  // object types and passed directly.
  if (getContext().getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
    if (Ty->isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType())
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
          CGInfo.getCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceDeviceType());
    if (Ty->isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType())
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
          CGInfo.getCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureDeviceType());
  }
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
}

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
  if ((EIT->getNumBits() > 128) ||
      (!getContext().getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() &&
       EIT->getNumBits() > 64))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
}

return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                          : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
7101}

7103void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);

// Always honor user-specified calling convention.
if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
  return;

FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
7114}

7116Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                              QualType Ty) const {
llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("NVPTX does not support varargs"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 7118);
7119}

7121void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(D);
if (VD) {
  if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
    if (VD->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType())
      addNVVMMetadata(GV, "surface", 1);
    else if (VD->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType())
      addNVVMMetadata(GV, "texture", 1);
    return;
  }
}

const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
if (!FD) return;

llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

// Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
  // By default, all functions are device functions
  if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
    // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
    // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
    addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
    // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
    F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
  }
}

// Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
  // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
  // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
  // need to set the noinline attribute.
  if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
    // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
    addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
  }
  if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
    // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
    llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
    MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
    if (MaxThreads > 0)
      addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());

    // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
    // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
    // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
    if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
      llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
      MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
      if (MinBlocks > 0)
        // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
        addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
    }
  }
}
7182}

7184void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                                           StringRef Name, int Operand) {
llvm::Module *M = GV->getParent();
llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();

// Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");

llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
    llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
    llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
        llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
// Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
7198}

7200bool NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::shouldEmitStaticExternCAliases() const {
return false;
7202}
7203}

7205//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7206// SystemZ ABI Implementation
7207//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

7209namespace {

7211class SystemZABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo {
bool HasVector;
bool IsSoftFloatABI;

7215public:
SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV, bool SF)
  : SwiftABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV), IsSoftFloatABI(SF) {}

bool isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars,
                                  bool asReturnValue) const override {
  return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4);
}
bool isSwiftErrorInRegister() const override {
  return false;
}
7245};

7247class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
7248public:
SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector, bool SoftFloatABI)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(
          std::make_unique<SystemZABIInfo>(CGT, HasVector, SoftFloatABI)) {}
7252};

7254}

7256bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
if (ABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty))
  return true;

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() < 64)
    return true;

// 32-bit values must also be promoted.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Int:
  case BuiltinType::UInt:
    return true;
  default:
    return false;
  }
return false;
7279}

7281bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
        Ty->isVectorType() ||
        isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
7285}

7287bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
return (HasVector &&
        Ty->isVectorType() &&
        getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
7291}

7293bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
if (IsSoftFloatABI)
  return false;

if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
  switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Float:
  case BuiltinType::Double:
    return true;
  default:
    return false;
  }

return false;
7307}

7309QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();

if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  QualType Found;

  // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
  if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
    for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
      QualType Base = I.getType();

      // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
      if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
        continue;

      if (!Found.isNull())
        return Ty;
      Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
    }

  // Check the fields.
  for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
    // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
    // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
    // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
    if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
        FD->isZeroLengthBitField(getContext()))
      continue;
    // Like isSingleElementStruct(), ignore C++20 empty data members.
    if (FD->hasAttr<NoUniqueAddressAttr>() &&
        isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FD->getType(), true))
      continue;

    // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
    // Nested structures still do though.
    if (!Found.isNull())
      return Ty;
    Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
  }

  // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
  // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
  if (!Found.isNull())
    return Found;
}

return Ty;
7357}

7359Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                QualType Ty) const {
// Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
// struct {
//   i64 __gpr;
//   i64 __fpr;
//   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
//   i8 *__reg_save_area;
// };

// Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
// in either GPRs or FPRs.  Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
// always passed on the stack.
Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy;
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
bool InFPRs = false;
bool IsVector = false;
CharUnits UnpaddedSize;
CharUnits DirectAlign;
if (IsIndirect) {
  DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy);
  UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
} else {
  if (AI.getCoerceToType())
    ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
  InFPRs = (!IsSoftFloatABI && (ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy()));
  IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
  UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.Width;
  DirectAlign = TyInfo.Align;
}
CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize)
  PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size.")(((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && \"Invalid argument size.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 7396, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize);

llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV =
  llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity());

if (IsVector) {
  // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
  // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
  // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
  Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
      CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
  Address OverflowArgArea =
    Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
            TyInfo.Align);
  Address MemAddr =
    CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr");

  // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
  llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
    CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
                          "overflow_arg_area");
  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);

  return MemAddr;
}

assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8)((PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 7425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex;
CharUnits RegPadding;
if (InFPRs) {
  MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
  RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
  RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
  RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
} else {
  MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
  RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
  RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
  RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
}

Address RegCountPtr =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
                                               "fits_in_regs");

llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);

// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);

// Work out the address of an argument register.
llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
  CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
llvm::Value *RegBase =
  llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity()
                                    + RegPadding.getQuantity());
llvm::Value *RegOffset =
  CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
  CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset,
                                         "raw_reg_addr"),
                   PaddedSize);
Address RegAddr =
  CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr");

// Update the register count
llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
  CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);

// Work out the address of a stack argument.
Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
Address OverflowArgArea =
  Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
          PaddedSize);
Address RawMemAddr =
  CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr");
Address MemAddr =
  CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr");

// Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
  CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
                        "overflow_arg_area");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

// Return the appropriate result.
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
                               MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr");

if (IsIndirect)
  ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"),
                    TyInfo.Align);

return ResAddr;
7512}

7514ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
return (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
7523}

7525ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
// Handle the generic C++ ABI.
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

// Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
if (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty))
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);

// Handle vector types and vector-like structure types.  Note that
// as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
// padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
    getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));

// Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

// Handle small structures.
if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
  // fail the size test above.
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

  // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
  llvm::Type *PassTy;
  if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
    assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64)((Size == 32 || Size == 64) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Size == 32 || Size == 64", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 7558, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    if (Size == 32)
      PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
    else
      PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
  } else
    PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
}

// Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
if (isCompoundType(Ty))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
7573}

7575//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7576// MSP430 ABI Implementation
7577//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

7579namespace {

7581class MSP430ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
static ABIArgInfo complexArgInfo() {
  ABIArgInfo Info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  Info.setCanBeFlattened(false);
  return Info;
}

7588public:
MSP430ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
  if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
    return complexArgInfo();

  return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
}

ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const {
  if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
    return complexArgInfo();

  return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(RetTy);
}

// Just copy the original implementations because
// DefaultABIInfo::classify{Return,Argument}Type() are not virtual
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
}

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override {
  return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, classifyArgumentType(Ty));
}
7618};

7620class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
7621public:
MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<MSP430ABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
7626};

7628}

7630void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
  const auto *InterruptAttr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>();
  if (!InterruptAttr)
    return;

  // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
  llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

  // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
  F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);

  // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
  F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
  F->addFnAttr("interrupt", llvm::utostr(InterruptAttr->getNumber()));
}
7649}

7651//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7652// MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
7653// big-endian variants.
7654//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

7656namespace {
7657class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
bool IsO32;
unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
                     SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
7665public:
MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
  ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
  StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
ABIArgInfo extendType(QualType Ty) const;
7676};

7678class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
7680public:
MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<MipsABIInfo>(CGT, IsO32)),
      SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  return 29;
}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD) return;
  llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

  if (FD->hasAttr<MipsLongCallAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("long-call");
  else if (FD->hasAttr<MipsShortCallAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("short-call");

  // Other attributes do not have a meaning for declarations.
  if (GV->isDeclaration())
    return;

  if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
    Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
  }
  else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
    Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
  }

  if (FD->hasAttr<MicroMipsAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("micromips");
  else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMicroMipsAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("nomicromips");

  const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>();
  if (!Attr)
    return;

  const char *Kind;
  switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
  case MipsInterruptAttr::eic:     Kind = "eic"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0:     Kind = "sw0"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1:     Kind = "sw1"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0:     Kind = "hw0"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1:     Kind = "hw1"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2:     Kind = "hw2"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3:     Kind = "hw3"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4:     Kind = "hw4"; break;
  case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5:     Kind = "hw5"; break;
  }

  Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);

}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;

unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
  return SizeOfUnwindException;
}
7743};
7744}

7746void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
  uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
  llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);

// Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
  ArgList.push_back(IntTy);

// If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);

if (R)
  ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
7760}

7762// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
7763// a register.
7764llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;

if (IsO32) {
  CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
  return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
}

if (Ty->isComplexType())
  return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);

const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();

// Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
  CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
  return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
}

const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.")((!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TySize % 8) && \"Size of structure must be multiple of 8.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 7785, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
unsigned idx = 0;
llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);

// Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
// double fields.
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
     i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
  const QualType Ty = i->getType();
  const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();

  if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
    continue;

  uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
  if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
    continue;

  // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
  for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
    ArgList.push_back(I64);

  // Add double type.
  ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
  LastOffset = Offset + 64;
}

CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());

return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
7818}

7820llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
                                      uint64_t Offset) const {
if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
  return nullptr;

return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
7826}

7828ABIArgInfo
7829MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;

Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
                 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::alignTo(Offset, Align);
Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::alignTo(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
  // Ignore empty aggregates.
  if (TySize == 0)
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
    Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
  }

  // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
  // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
  // aggregate is unaligned.
  ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
      ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
                            getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
  ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
  return ArgInfo;
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Make sure we pass indirectly things that are too large.
if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128 ||
      (EIT->getNumBits() > 64 &&
       !getContext().getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);

// All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
  return extendType(Ty);

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
    nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
7878}

7880llvm::Type*
7881MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;

if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
  unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();

  // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
  // following conditions are met:
  // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
  // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
  //    point types.
  // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
  //
  // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
  //
  if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
    RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
    for (; b != e; ++b) {
      const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();

      if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
        break;

      RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
    }

    if (b == e)
      return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
                                   RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());

    RTList.clear();
  }
}

CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
7920}

7922ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);

if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

// O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
// However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
  if (Size <= 128) {
    if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

    // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
    // aggregates in registers.
    if (!IsO32 ||
        (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
      ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
          ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
      ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
      return ArgInfo;
    }
  }

  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
  RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Make sure we pass indirectly things that are too large.
if (const auto *EIT = RetTy->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128 ||
      (EIT->getNumBits() > 64 &&
       !getContext().getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);

if (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy))
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy);

if ((RetTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() ||
    RetTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) && Size == 32 && !IsO32)
  return ABIArgInfo::getSignExtend(RetTy);

return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
7971}

7973void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());

// Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;

for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
7983}

7985Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                             QualType OrigTy) const {
QualType Ty = OrigTy;

// Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
// Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
bool DidPromote = false;
if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
        getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
    (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
  DidPromote = true;
  Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
                                          Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
}

auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);

// The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than
// StackAlignInBytes.
TyInfo.Align =
  std::min(TyInfo.Align, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes));

// MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack.
CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes);

Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
                        TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);


// If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary.
// TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot?
if (DidPromote) {
  Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp");
  llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr);

  // Truncate down to the right width.
  llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType()
                                               : CGF.IntPtrTy);
  llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy);
  if (OrigTy->isPointerType())
    V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType());

  CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp);
  Addr = Temp;
}

return Addr;
8034}

8036ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::extendType(QualType Ty) const {
int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

// MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
  return ABIArgInfo::getSignExtend(Ty);

return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
8044}

8046bool
8047MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                             llvm::Value *Address) const {
// This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
// as canonical as it gets.

// Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
// are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);

// 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
// 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
// 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
// 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);

// 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
// They are one bit wide and ignored here.

// 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
// (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
// 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
// 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
// 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
return false;
8072}

8074//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8075// AVR ABI Implementation.
8076//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

8078namespace {
8079class AVRTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
8080public:
AVRTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<DefaultABIInfo>(CGT)) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  if (GV->isDeclaration())
    return;
  const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD) return;
  auto *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

  if (FD->getAttr<AVRInterruptAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt");

  if (FD->getAttr<AVRSignalAttr>())
    Fn->addFnAttr("signal");
}
8098};
8099}

8101//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8102// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
8103// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
8104// handling.
8105//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

8107namespace {

8109class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
8110public:
TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
  : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
8116};

8118void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
if (!FD) return;

llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
  if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
    // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
    F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
    const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
    if (Attr) {
      // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
      llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
      llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
          M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
              "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");

      SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
      Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));

      Operands.push_back(
          llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
              M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
      Operands.push_back(
          llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
              M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
      Operands.push_back(
          llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
              M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));

      // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
      // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
      // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
      Operands.push_back(
          llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
      OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
    }
  }
}
8161}

8163}

8165//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8166// Hexagon ABI Implementation
8167//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

8169namespace {

8171class HexagonABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
8172public:
HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

8175private:
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned *RegsLeft) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
Address EmitVAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CFG, Address VAListAddr,
                            QualType Ty) const;
Address EmitVAArgForHexagon(CodeGenFunction &CFG, Address VAListAddr,
                            QualType Ty) const;
Address EmitVAArgForHexagonLinux(CodeGenFunction &CFG, Address VAListAddr,
                                 QualType Ty) const;
8190};

8192class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
8193public:
HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<HexagonABIInfo>(CGT)) {}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  return 29;
}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &GCM) const override {
  if (GV->isDeclaration())
    return;
  const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD)
    return;
}
8209};

8211} // namespace

8213void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
unsigned RegsLeft = 6;
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, &RegsLeft);
8219}

8221static bool HexagonAdjustRegsLeft(uint64_t Size, unsigned *RegsLeft) {
assert(Size <= 64 && "Not expecting to pass arguments larger than 64 bits"((Size <= 64 && "Not expecting to pass arguments larger than 64 bits"
 " through registers") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Size <= 64 && \"Not expecting to pass arguments larger than 64 bits\" \" through registers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8223, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                     " through registers")((Size <= 64 && "Not expecting to pass arguments larger than 64 bits"
 " through registers") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("Size <= 64 && \"Not expecting to pass arguments larger than 64 bits\" \" through registers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8223, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

if (*RegsLeft == 0)
  return false;

if (Size <= 32) {
  (*RegsLeft)--;
  return true;
}

if (2 <= (*RegsLeft & (~1U))) {
  *RegsLeft = (*RegsLeft & (~1U)) - 2;
  return true;
}

// Next available register was r5 but candidate was greater than 32-bits so it
// has to go on the stack. However we still consume r5
if (*RegsLeft == 1)
  *RegsLeft = 0;

return false;
8244}

8246ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
                                              unsigned *RegsLeft) const {
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (Size <= 64)
    HexagonAdjustRegsLeft(Size, RegsLeft);

  if (Size > 64 && Ty->isExtIntType())
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);

  return isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty)
                                           : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

// Ignore empty records.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
unsigned Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);

if (Size > 64)
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);

if (HexagonAdjustRegsLeft(Size, RegsLeft))
  Align = Size <= 32 ? 32 : 64;
if (Size <= Align) {
  // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
  if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
    Size = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Size);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getVMContext(), Size));
}
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
8286}

8288ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

const TargetInfo &T = CGT.getTarget();
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);

if (RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // HVX vectors are returned in vector registers or register pairs.
  if (T.hasFeature("hvx")) {
    assert(T.hasFeature("hvx-length64b") || T.hasFeature("hvx-length128b"))((T.hasFeature("hvx-length64b") || T.hasFeature("hvx-length128b"
)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T.hasFeature(\"hvx-length64b\") || T.hasFeature(\"hvx-length128b\")"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8298, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    uint64_t VecSize = T.hasFeature("hvx-length64b") ? 64*8 : 128*8;
    if (Size == VecSize || Size == 2*VecSize)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
  }
  // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
  if (Size > 64)
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
}

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
    RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  if (Size > 64 && RetTy->isExtIntType())
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);

  return isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(RetTy) ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend(RetTy)
                                              : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

// Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in registers, other aggregates
// are returned indirectly.
if (Size <= 64) {
  // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
  if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
    Size = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Size);
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getIntNTy(getVMContext(), Size));
}
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true);
8332}

8334Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                          Address VAListAddr,
                                          QualType Ty) const {
// Load the overflow area pointer.
Address __overflow_area_pointer_p =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "__overflow_area_pointer_p");
llvm::Value *__overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
    __overflow_area_pointer_p, "__overflow_area_pointer");

uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
if (Align > 4) {
  // Alignment should be a power of 2.
  assert((Align & (Align - 1)) == 0 && "Alignment is not power of 2!")(((Align & (Align - 1)) == 0 && "Alignment is not power of 2!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Align & (Align - 1)) == 0 && \"Alignment is not power of 2!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8346, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
  llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);

  // Add offset to the current pointer to access the argument.
  __overflow_area_pointer =
      CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(__overflow_area_pointer, Offset);
  llvm::Value *AsInt =
      CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(__overflow_area_pointer, CGF.Int32Ty);

  // Create a mask which should be "AND"ed
  // with (overflow_arg_area + align - 1)
  llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -(int)Align);
  __overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(
      CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), __overflow_area_pointer->getType(),
      "__overflow_area_pointer.align");
}

// Get the type of the argument from memory and bitcast
// overflow area pointer to the argument type.
llvm::Type *PTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Address AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
    Address(__overflow_area_pointer, CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)),
    llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(PTy));

// Round up to the minimum stack alignment for varargs which is 4 bytes.
uint64_t Offset = llvm::alignTo(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);

__overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(
    __overflow_area_pointer, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
    "__overflow_area_pointer.next");
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(__overflow_area_pointer, __overflow_area_pointer_p);

return AddrTyped;
8381}

8383Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArgForHexagon(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                          Address VAListAddr,
                                          QualType Ty) const {
// FIXME: Need to handle alignment
llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Address VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
// Handle address alignment for type alignment > 32 bits
uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
if (TyAlign > 4) {
  assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && "Alignment is not power of 2!")(((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && "Alignment is not power of 2!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && \"Alignment is not power of 2!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8395, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
  AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
  AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
  Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
}
llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Address AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(
    Address(Addr, CharUnits::fromQuantity(TyAlign)), PTy);

uint64_t Offset = llvm::alignTo(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
    Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);

return AddrTyped;
8411}

8413Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArgForHexagonLinux(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                               Address VAListAddr,
                                               QualType Ty) const {
int ArgSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;

if (ArgSize > 8)
  return EmitVAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);

// Here we have check if the argument is in register area or
// in overflow area.
// If the saved register area pointer + argsize rounded up to alignment >
// saved register area end pointer, argument is in overflow area.
unsigned RegsLeft = 6;
Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
(void)classifyArgumentType(Ty, &RegsLeft);

llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");

// Get rounded size of the argument.GCC does not allow vararg of
// size < 4 bytes. We follow the same logic here.
ArgSize = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32) ? 4 : 8;
int ArgAlign = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32) ? 4 : 8;

// Argument may be in saved register area
CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);

// Load the current saved register area pointer.
Address __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
    VAListAddr, 0, "__current_saved_reg_area_pointer_p");
llvm::Value *__current_saved_reg_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
    __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_p, "__current_saved_reg_area_pointer");

// Load the saved register area end pointer.
Address __saved_reg_area_end_pointer_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
    VAListAddr, 1, "__saved_reg_area_end_pointer_p");
llvm::Value *__saved_reg_area_end_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
    __saved_reg_area_end_pointer_p, "__saved_reg_area_end_pointer");

// If the size of argument is > 4 bytes, check if the stack
// location is aligned to 8 bytes
if (ArgAlign > 4) {

  llvm::Value *__current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int =
      CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(__current_saved_reg_area_pointer,
                                 CGF.Int32Ty);

  __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
      __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int,
      llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (ArgAlign - 1)),
      "align_current_saved_reg_area_pointer");

  __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int =
      CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(__current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int,
                            llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -ArgAlign),
                            "align_current_saved_reg_area_pointer");

  __current_saved_reg_area_pointer =
      CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(__current_saved_reg_area_pointer_int,
                                 __current_saved_reg_area_pointer->getType(),
                                 "align_current_saved_reg_area_pointer");
}

llvm::Value *__new_saved_reg_area_pointer =
    CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(__current_saved_reg_area_pointer,
                          llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, ArgSize),
                          "__new_saved_reg_area_pointer");

llvm::Value *UsingStack = 0;
UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGT(__new_saved_reg_area_pointer,
                                       __saved_reg_area_end_pointer);

CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, InRegBlock);

// Argument in saved register area
// Implement the block where argument is in register saved area
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);

llvm::Type *PTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
llvm::Value *__saved_reg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
    __current_saved_reg_area_pointer, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(PTy));

CGF.Builder.CreateStore(__new_saved_reg_area_pointer,
                        __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_p);

CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

// Argument in overflow area
// Implement the block where the argument is in overflow area.
CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);

// Load the overflow area pointer
Address __overflow_area_pointer_p =
    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "__overflow_area_pointer_p");
llvm::Value *__overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
    __overflow_area_pointer_p, "__overflow_area_pointer");

// Align the overflow area pointer according to the alignment of the argument
if (ArgAlign > 4) {
  llvm::Value *__overflow_area_pointer_int =
      CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(__overflow_area_pointer, CGF.Int32Ty);

  __overflow_area_pointer_int =
      CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(__overflow_area_pointer_int,
                            llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, ArgAlign - 1),
                            "align_overflow_area_pointer");

  __overflow_area_pointer_int =
      CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(__overflow_area_pointer_int,
                            llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -ArgAlign),
                            "align_overflow_area_pointer");

  __overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(
      __overflow_area_pointer_int, __overflow_area_pointer->getType(),
      "align_overflow_area_pointer");
}

// Get the pointer for next argument in overflow area and store it
// to overflow area pointer.
llvm::Value *__new_overflow_area_pointer = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(
    __overflow_area_pointer, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, ArgSize),
    "__overflow_area_pointer.next");

CGF.Builder.CreateStore(__new_overflow_area_pointer,
                        __overflow_area_pointer_p);

CGF.Builder.CreateStore(__new_overflow_area_pointer,
                        __current_saved_reg_area_pointer_p);

// Bitcast the overflow area pointer to the type of argument.
llvm::Type *OverflowPTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
llvm::Value *__overflow_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
    __overflow_area_pointer, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(OverflowPTy));

CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);

// Get the correct pointer to load the variable argument
// Implement the ContBlock
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);

llvm::Type *MemPTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
llvm::PHINode *ArgAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemPTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
ArgAddr->addIncoming(__saved_reg_area_p, InRegBlock);
ArgAddr->addIncoming(__overflow_area_p, OnStackBlock);

return Address(ArgAddr, CharUnits::fromQuantity(ArgAlign));
8561}

8563Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                QualType Ty) const {

if (getTarget().getTriple().isMusl())
  return EmitVAArgForHexagonLinux(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);

return EmitVAArgForHexagon(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
8570}

8572//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8573// Lanai ABI Implementation
8574//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

8576namespace {
8577class LanaiABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
8578public:
LanaiABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  CCState State(FI);
  // Lanai uses 4 registers to pass arguments unless the function has the
  // regparm attribute set.
  if (FI.getHasRegParm()) {
    State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
  } else {
    State.FreeRegs = 4;
  }

  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
}

ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
8601};
8602} // end anonymous namespace

8604bool LanaiABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
unsigned SizeInRegs = llvm::alignTo(Size, 32U) / 32U;

if (SizeInRegs == 0)
  return false;

if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
  State.FreeRegs = 0;
  return false;
}

State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;

return true;
8619}

8621ABIArgInfo LanaiABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
                                         CCState &State) const {
if (!ByVal) {
  if (State.FreeRegs) {
    --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
    return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
  }
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
}

// Compute the byval alignment.
const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true,
                               /*Realign=*/TypeAlign >
                                   MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
8637}

8639ABIArgInfo LanaiABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
                                            CCState &State) const {
// Check with the C++ ABI first.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (RT) {
  CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
  if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
  } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
  }
}

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
  if (RT && RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true, State);

  // Ignore empty structs/unions.
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
  unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
  if (SizeInRegs <= State.FreeRegs) {
    llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
    SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
    llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
    State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
  } else {
    State.FreeRegs = 0;
  }
  return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const auto *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State);

// Don't pass >64 bit integers in registers.
if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
    return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true, State);

if (isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  if (InReg)
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
}
if (InReg)
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
8694}

8696namespace {
8697class LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
8698public:
LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<LanaiABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
8701};
8702}

8704//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8705// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
8706//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

8708namespace {

8710class AMDGPUABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo {
8711private:
static const unsigned MaxNumRegsForArgsRet = 16;

unsigned numRegsForType(QualType Ty) const;

bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
                                       uint64_t Members) const override;

// Coerce HIP scalar pointer arguments from generic pointers to global ones.
llvm::Type *coerceKernelArgumentType(llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned FromAS,
                                     unsigned ToAS) const {
  // Single value types.
  if (Ty->isPointerTy() && Ty->getPointerAddressSpace() == FromAS)
    return llvm::PointerType::get(
        cast<llvm::PointerType>(Ty)->getElementType(), ToAS);
  return Ty;
}

8730public:
explicit AMDGPUABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) :
  DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyKernelArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, unsigned &NumRegsLeft) const;

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
8741};

8743bool AMDGPUABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
return true;
8745}

8747bool AMDGPUABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
uint32_t NumRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 31) / 32;

// Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 16 registers.
return Members * NumRegs <= MaxNumRegsForArgsRet;
8753}

8755/// Estimate number of registers the type will use when passed in registers.
8756unsigned AMDGPUABIInfo::numRegsForType(QualType Ty) const {
unsigned NumRegs = 0;

if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
  // Compute from the number of elements. The reported size is based on the
  // in-memory size, which includes the padding 4th element for 3-vectors.
  QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
  unsigned EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy);

  // 16-bit element vectors should be passed as packed.
  if (EltSize == 16)
    return (VT->getNumElements() + 1) / 2;

  unsigned EltNumRegs = (EltSize + 31) / 32;
  return EltNumRegs * VT->getNumElements();
}

if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
  assert(!RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())((!RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("!RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8775, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  for (const FieldDecl *Field : RD->fields()) {
    QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
    NumRegs += numRegsForType(FieldTy);
  }

  return NumRegs;
}

return (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
8786}

8788void AMDGPUABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
llvm::CallingConv::ID CC = FI.getCallingConvention();

if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());

unsigned NumRegsLeft = MaxNumRegsForArgsRet;
for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments()) {
  if (CC == llvm::CallingConv::AMDGPU_KERNEL) {
    Arg.info = classifyKernelArgumentType(Arg.type);
  } else {
    Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type, NumRegsLeft);
  }
}
8802}

8804Address AMDGPUABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                               QualType Ty) const {
llvm_unreachable("AMDGPU does not support varargs")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("AMDGPU does not support varargs"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8806);
8807}

8809ABIArgInfo AMDGPUABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // returned by value.
  if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
    // Ignore empty structs/unions.
    if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
      return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

    // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value.
    if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));

    if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
      if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
        return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
    }

    // Pack aggregates <= 4 bytes into single VGPR or pair.
    uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
    if (Size <= 16)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));

    if (Size <= 32)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));

    if (Size <= 64) {
      llvm::Type *I32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(I32Ty, 2));
    }

    if (numRegsForType(RetTy) <= MaxNumRegsForArgsRet)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  }
}

// Otherwise just do the default thing.
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
8848}

8850/// For kernels all parameters are really passed in a special buffer. It doesn't
8851/// make sense to pass anything byval, so everything must be direct.
8852ABIArgInfo AMDGPUABIInfo::classifyKernelArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

// TODO: Can we omit empty structs?

if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
  Ty = QualType(SeltTy, 0);

llvm::Type *OrigLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
llvm::Type *LTy = OrigLTy;
if (getContext().getLangOpts().HIP) {
  LTy = coerceKernelArgumentType(
      OrigLTy, /*FromAS=*/getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::Default),
      /*ToAS=*/getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::cuda_device));
}

// FIXME: Should also use this for OpenCL, but it requires addressing the
// problem of kernels being called.
//
// FIXME: This doesn't apply the optimization of coercing pointers in structs
// to global address space when using byref. This would require implementing a
// new kind of coercion of the in-memory type when for indirect arguments.
if (!getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL && LTy == OrigLTy &&
    isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectAliased(
      getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
      getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_constant),
      false /*Realign*/, nullptr /*Padding*/);
}

// If we set CanBeFlattened to true, CodeGen will expand the struct to its
// individual elements, which confuses the Clover OpenCL backend; therefore we
// have to set it to false here. Other args of getDirect() are just defaults.
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(LTy, 0, nullptr, false);
8886}

8888ABIArgInfo AMDGPUABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
                                             unsigned &NumRegsLeft) const {
assert(NumRegsLeft <= MaxNumRegsForArgsRet && "register estimate underflow")((NumRegsLeft <= MaxNumRegsForArgsRet && "register estimate underflow"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NumRegsLeft <= MaxNumRegsForArgsRet && \"register estimate underflow\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 8890, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
  // passed by value.
  if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

  // Ignore empty structs/unions.
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
  // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
  // though watch out for things like bitfields.
  if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));

  if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
    if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
      return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
  }

  // Pack aggregates <= 8 bytes into single VGPR or pair.
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (Size <= 64) {
    unsigned NumRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
    NumRegsLeft -= std::min(NumRegsLeft, NumRegs);

    if (Size <= 16)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));

    if (Size <= 32)
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));

    // XXX: Should this be i64 instead, and should the limit increase?
    llvm::Type *I32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(I32Ty, 2));
  }

  if (NumRegsLeft > 0) {
    unsigned NumRegs = numRegsForType(Ty);
    if (NumRegsLeft >= NumRegs) {
      NumRegsLeft -= NumRegs;
      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
    }
  }
}

// Otherwise just do the default thing.
ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
if (!ArgInfo.isIndirect()) {
  unsigned NumRegs = numRegsForType(Ty);
  NumRegsLeft -= std::min(NumRegs, NumRegsLeft);
}

return ArgInfo;
8950}

8952class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
8953public:
AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<AMDGPUABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
unsigned getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const override;

llvm::Constant *getNullPointer(const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
    llvm::PointerType *T, QualType QT) const override;

LangAS getASTAllocaAddressSpace() const override {
  return getLangASFromTargetAS(
      getABIInfo().getDataLayout().getAllocaAddrSpace());
}
LangAS getGlobalVarAddressSpace(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                const VarDecl *D) const override;
llvm::SyncScope::ID getLLVMSyncScopeID(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                       SyncScope Scope,
                                       llvm::AtomicOrdering Ordering,
                                       llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx) const override;
llvm::Function *
createEnqueuedBlockKernel(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                          llvm::Function *BlockInvokeFunc,
                          llvm::Value *BlockLiteral) const override;
bool shouldEmitStaticExternCAliases() const override;
void setCUDAKernelCallingConvention(const FunctionType *&FT) const override;
8979};
8980}

8982static bool requiresAMDGPUProtectedVisibility(const Decl *D,
                                            llvm::GlobalValue *GV) {
if (GV->getVisibility() != llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility)
  return false;

return D->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() ||
       (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) ||
       (isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
        (D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
         cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() ||
         cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType()));
8993}

8995void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
if (requiresAMDGPUProtectedVisibility(D, GV)) {
  GV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::ProtectedVisibility);
  GV->setDSOLocal(true);
}

if (GV->isDeclaration())
  return;
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
if (!FD)
  return;

llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

const auto *ReqdWGS = M.getLangOpts().OpenCL ?
  FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>() : nullptr;


const bool IsOpenCLKernel = M.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
                            FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
const bool IsHIPKernel = M.getLangOpts().HIP &&
                         FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>();
if ((IsOpenCLKernel || IsHIPKernel) &&
    (M.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::AMDHSA))
  F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-implicitarg-num-bytes", "56");

if (IsHIPKernel)
  F->addFnAttr("uniform-work-group-size", "true");


const auto *FlatWGS = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
if (ReqdWGS || FlatWGS) {
  unsigned Min = 0;
  unsigned Max = 0;
  if (FlatWGS) {
    Min = FlatWGS->getMin()
              ->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext())
              .getExtValue();
    Max = FlatWGS->getMax()
              ->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext())
              .getExtValue();
  }
  if (ReqdWGS && Min == 0 && Max == 0)
    Min = Max = ReqdWGS->getXDim() * ReqdWGS->getYDim() * ReqdWGS->getZDim();

  if (Min != 0) {
    assert(Min <= Max && "Min must be less than or equal Max")((Min <= Max && "Min must be less than or equal Max"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Min <= Max && \"Min must be less than or equal Max\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9042, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

    std::string AttrVal = llvm::utostr(Min) + "," + llvm::utostr(Max);
    F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-flat-work-group-size", AttrVal);
  } else
    assert(Max == 0 && "Max must be zero")((Max == 0 && "Max must be zero") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("Max == 0 && \"Max must be zero\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9047, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
} else if (IsOpenCLKernel || IsHIPKernel) {
  // By default, restrict the maximum size to a value specified by
  // --gpu-max-threads-per-block=n or its default value.
  std::string AttrVal =
      std::string("1,") + llvm::utostr(M.getLangOpts().GPUMaxThreadsPerBlock);
  F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-flat-work-group-size", AttrVal);
}

if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr>()) {
  unsigned Min =
      Attr->getMin()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()).getExtValue();
  unsigned Max = Attr->getMax() ? Attr->getMax()
                                      ->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext())
                                      .getExtValue()
                                : 0;

  if (Min != 0) {
    assert((Max == 0 || Min <= Max) && "Min must be less than or equal Max")(((Max == 0 || Min <= Max) && "Min must be less than or equal Max"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Max == 0 || Min <= Max) && \"Min must be less than or equal Max\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9065, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

    std::string AttrVal = llvm::utostr(Min);
    if (Max != 0)
      AttrVal = AttrVal + "," + llvm::utostr(Max);
    F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-waves-per-eu", AttrVal);
  } else
    assert(Max == 0 && "Max must be zero")((Max == 0 && "Max must be zero") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("Max == 0 && \"Max must be zero\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9072, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
  unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();

  if (NumSGPR != 0)
    F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-num-sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
}

if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
  uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();

  if (NumVGPR != 0)
    F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-num-vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
}

if (M.getContext().getTargetInfo().allowAMDGPUUnsafeFPAtomics())
  F->addFnAttr("amdgpu-unsafe-fp-atomics", "true");
9091}

9093unsigned AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const {
return llvm::CallingConv::AMDGPU_KERNEL;
9095}

9097// Currently LLVM assumes null pointers always have value 0,
9098// which results in incorrectly transformed IR. Therefore, instead of
9099// emitting null pointers in private and local address spaces, a null
9100// pointer in generic address space is emitted which is casted to a
9101// pointer in local or private address space.
9102llvm::Constant *AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::getNullPointer(
  const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, llvm::PointerType *PT,
  QualType QT) const {
if (CGM.getContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(QT) == 0)
  return llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(PT);

auto &Ctx = CGM.getContext();
auto NPT = llvm::PointerType::get(PT->getElementType(),
    Ctx.getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_generic));
return llvm::ConstantExpr::getAddrSpaceCast(
    llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(NPT), PT);
9113}

9115LangAS
9116AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::getGlobalVarAddressSpace(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                                const VarDecl *D) const {
assert(!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9120, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) &&((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9120, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Address space agnostic languages only")((!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA
 && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && "Address space agnostic languages only"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !(CGM.getLangOpts().CUDA && CGM.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) && \"Address space agnostic languages only\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9120, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
LangAS DefaultGlobalAS = getLangASFromTargetAS(
    CGM.getContext().getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global));
if (!D)
  return DefaultGlobalAS;

LangAS AddrSpace = D->getType().getAddressSpace();
assert(AddrSpace == LangAS::Default || isTargetAddressSpace(AddrSpace))((AddrSpace == LangAS::Default || isTargetAddressSpace(AddrSpace
)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AddrSpace == LangAS::Default || isTargetAddressSpace(AddrSpace)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9127, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (AddrSpace != LangAS::Default)
  return AddrSpace;

if (CGM.isTypeConstant(D->getType(), false)) {
  if (auto ConstAS = CGM.getTarget().getConstantAddressSpace())
    return ConstAS.getValue();
}
return DefaultGlobalAS;
9136}

9138llvm::SyncScope::ID
9139AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::getLLVMSyncScopeID(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                          SyncScope Scope,
                                          llvm::AtomicOrdering Ordering,
                                          llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
std::string Name;
switch (Scope) {
case SyncScope::OpenCLWorkGroup:
  Name = "workgroup";
  break;
case SyncScope::OpenCLDevice:
  Name = "agent";
  break;
case SyncScope::OpenCLAllSVMDevices:
  Name = "";
  break;
case SyncScope::OpenCLSubGroup:
  Name = "wavefront";
}

if (Ordering != llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent) {
  if (!Name.empty())
    Name = Twine(Twine(Name) + Twine("-")).str();

  Name = Twine(Twine(Name) + Twine("one-as")).str();
}

return Ctx.getOrInsertSyncScopeID(Name);
9166}

9168bool AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::shouldEmitStaticExternCAliases() const {
return false;
9170}

9172void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setCUDAKernelCallingConvention(
  const FunctionType *&FT) const {
FT = getABIInfo().getContext().adjustFunctionType(
    FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_OpenCLKernel));
9176}

9178//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9179// SPARC v8 ABI Implementation.
9180// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
9181//
9182// Ensures that complex values are passed in registers.
9183//
9184namespace {
9185class SparcV8ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
9186public:
SparcV8ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

9189private:
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
9192};
9193} // end anonymous namespace


9196ABIArgInfo
9197SparcV8ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType Ty) const {
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) {
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}
else {
  return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(Ty);
}
9204}

9206void SparcV8ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {

FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
  Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
9211}

9213namespace {
9214class SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
9215public:
SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<SparcV8ABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
9218};
9219} // end anonymous namespace

9221//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9222// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
9223// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
9224//
9225// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
9226// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
9227// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
9228//
9229// One case requires special care:
9230//
9231//   struct mixed {
9232//     int i;
9233//     float f;
9234//   };
9235//
9236// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
9237// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
9238// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
9239// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
9240//
9241//   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
9242//
9243// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
9244// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
9245// bytes.
9246//
9247namespace {
9248class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
9249public:
SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}

9252private:
ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

// Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
// serves two purposes:
//
// 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
//    in registers.
// 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
//    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
//
// We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
// aligned 32-bit floats.
//
struct CoerceBuilder {
  llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
  const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
  SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
  uint64_t Size;
  bool InReg;

  CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
    : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}

  // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
  void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
    assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements")((ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToSize >= Size && \"Cannot remove elements\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9281, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    if (ToSize == Size)
      return;

    // Finish the current 64-bit word.
    uint64_t Aligned = llvm::alignTo(Size, 64);
    if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
      Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
      Size = Aligned;
    }

    // Add whole 64-bit words.
    while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
      Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
      Size += 64;
    }

    // Final in-word padding.
    if (Size < ToSize) {
      Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
      Size = ToSize;
    }
  }

  // Add a floating point element at Offset.
  void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
    // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
    if (Offset % Bits)
      return;
    // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
    if (Bits < 64)
      InReg = true;
    pad(Offset);
    Elems.push_back(Ty);
    Size = Offset + Bits;
  }

  // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
  void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
    const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
      llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
      uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
      switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
      case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
        addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
        break;
      case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
        addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
        break;
      case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
        addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
        break;
      case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
        addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
        break;
      case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
        if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
          pad(ElemOffset);
          Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
          Size += 64;
        }
        break;
      default:
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
  bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
    return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
  }

  // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
  llvm::Type *getType() const {
    if (Elems.size() == 1)
      return Elems.front();
    else
      return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
  }
};
9363};
9364} // end anonymous namespace

9366ABIArgInfo
9367SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
if (Ty->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

// Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
// pointer / sret pointer.
if (Size > SizeLimit)
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

// Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() < 64)
    return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);

// Other non-aggregates go in registers.
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

// If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
// destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);

// This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
// Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
if (!StrTy)
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();

CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
CB.pad(llvm::alignTo(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));

// Try to use the original type for coercion.
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();

if (CB.InReg)
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
else
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
9416}

9418Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                                QualType Ty) const {
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
  AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);

CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);

CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);

auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);

Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid();
CharUnits Stride;
switch (AI.getKind()) {
case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand:
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
  llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9439);

case ABIArgInfo::Extend: {
  Stride = SlotSize;
  CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.Width;
  ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend");
  break;
}

case ABIArgInfo::Direct: {
  auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
  Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).alignTo(SlotSize);
  ArgAddr = Addr;
  break;
}

case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
case ABIArgInfo::IndirectAliased:
  Stride = SlotSize;
  ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect");
  ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"),
                    TypeInfo.Align);
  break;

case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
  return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.Align);
}

// Update VAList.
Address NextPtr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr.getPointer(), VAListAddr);

return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
9472}

9474void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
  I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
9478}

9480namespace {
9481class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
9482public:
SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<SparcV9ABIInfo>(CGT)) {}

int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
  return 14;
}

bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                             llvm::Value *Address) const override;
9492};
9493} // end anonymous namespace

9495bool
9496SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                              llvm::Value *Address) const {
// This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
// against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.

CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;

llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);

// 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);

// 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);

//   Y   = 64
//   PSR = 65
//   WIM = 66
//   TBR = 67
//   PC  = 68
//   NPC = 69
//   FSR = 70
//   CSR = 71
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);

// 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);

return false;
9527}

9529// ARC ABI implementation.
9530namespace {

9532class ARCABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
9533public:
using DefaultABIInfo::DefaultABIInfo;

9536private:
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

void updateState(const ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
  if (!State.FreeRegs)
    return;
  if (Info.isIndirect() && Info.getInReg())
    State.FreeRegs--;
  else if (Info.isDirect() && Info.getInReg()) {
    unsigned sz = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
    if (sz < State.FreeRegs)
      State.FreeRegs -= sz;
    else
      State.FreeRegs = 0;
  }
}

void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
  CCState State(FI);
  // ARC uses 8 registers to pass arguments.
  State.FreeRegs = 8;

  if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
    FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
  updateState(FI.getReturnInfo(), FI.getReturnType(), State);
  for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
    I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State.FreeRegs);
    updateState(I.info, I.type, State);
  }
}

ABIArgInfo getIndirectByRef(QualType Ty, bool HasFreeRegs) const;
ABIArgInfo getIndirectByValue(QualType Ty) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint8_t FreeRegs) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
9572};

9574class ARCTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
9575public:
ARCTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<ARCABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
9578};


9581ABIArgInfo ARCABIInfo::getIndirectByRef(QualType Ty, bool HasFreeRegs) const {
return HasFreeRegs ? getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty) :
                     getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
9584}

9586ABIArgInfo ARCABIInfo::getIndirectByValue(QualType Ty) const {
// Compute the byval alignment.
const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true,
                               TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
9592}

9594Address ARCABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                            QualType Ty) const {
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
                        getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), true);
9599}

9601ABIArgInfo ARCABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
                                          uint8_t FreeRegs) const {
// Handle the generic C++ ABI.
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
if (RT) {
  CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
  if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
    return getIndirectByRef(Ty, FreeRegs > 0);

  if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory)
    return getIndirectByValue(Ty);
}

// Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
  Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

auto SizeInRegs = llvm::alignTo(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty), 32) / 32;

if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
  // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
  if (RT && RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
    return getIndirectByValue(Ty);

  // Ignore empty structs/unions.
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

  llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();

  llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
  SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
  llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);

  return FreeRegs >= SizeInRegs ?
      ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result) :
      ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result, 0, nullptr, false);
}

if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>())
  if (EIT->getNumBits() > 64)
    return getIndirectByValue(Ty);

return isPromotableIntegerTypeForABI(Ty)
           ? (FreeRegs >= SizeInRegs ? ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(Ty)
                                     : ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty))
           : (FreeRegs >= SizeInRegs ? ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg()
                                     : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
9649}

9651ABIArgInfo ARCABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();

// Arguments of size > 4 registers are indirect.
auto RetSize = llvm::alignTo(getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy), 32) / 32;
if (RetSize > 4)
  return getIndirectByRef(RetTy, /*HasFreeRegs*/ true);

return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
9661}

9663} // End anonymous namespace.

9665//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9666// XCore ABI Implementation
9667//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

9669namespace {

9671/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
9672/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
9673typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;

9675/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
9676///
9677/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
9678///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
9679///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
9680///
9681/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
9682///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
9683///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
9684///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
9685///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
9686///                   Recursive type encoding.
9687///
9688/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
9689/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
9690/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
9691/// the type is encountered.
9692///
9693/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
9694/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
9695/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
9696/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
9697/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
9698///
9699/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
9700/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
9701/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
9702/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
9703/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
9704///
9705/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
9706///
9707///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
9708///   cached encoding is used;
9709///
9710///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
9711///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
9712///
9713///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
9714///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
9715///
9716///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
9717///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
9718///   it is swapped back in;
9719///
9720///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
9721///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
9722///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
9723///
9724///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
9725///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
9726///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
9727///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
9728///
9729class TypeStringCache {
enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
struct Entry {
  std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
  enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
  std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
                       // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
};
std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
9740public:
TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
                   bool IsRecursive);
StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
9747};

9749/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
9750/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
9751class FieldEncoding {
bool HasName;
std::string Enc;
9754public:
FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
StringRef str() { return Enc; }
bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
  if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
  return Enc < rhs.Enc;
}
9761};

9763class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
9764public:
XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;
9768};

9770class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                  const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const;

9775public:
XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<XCoreABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
void emitTargetMetadata(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                        const llvm::MapVector<GlobalDecl, StringRef>
                            &MangledDeclNames) const override;
9781};

9783} // End anonymous namespace.

9785// TODO: this implementation is likely now redundant with the default
9786// EmitVAArg.
9787Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                              QualType Ty) const {
CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;

// Get the VAList.
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);

// Handle the argument.
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
  AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);

Address Val = Address::invalid();
CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
switch (AI.getKind()) {
case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand:
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
  llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9809);
case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
  Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign);
  ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
  break;
case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
  Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
  ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
                     getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()));
  ArgSize = ArgSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
  break;
case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
case ABIArgInfo::IndirectAliased:
  Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
  Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign);
  ArgSize = SlotSize;
  break;
}

// Increment the VAList.
if (!ArgSize.isZero()) {
  Address APN = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP, ArgSize);
  Builder.CreateStore(APN.getPointer(), VAListAddr);
}

return Val;
9836}

9838/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
9839/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
9840/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
9841/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
9842/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
9843void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
                                  std::string StubEnc) {
if (!ID)
  return;
Entry &E = Map[ID];
assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&(((E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && \"Incorrectly use of addIncomplete\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9849, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete")(((E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && \"Incorrectly use of addIncomplete\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9849, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()")((!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!StubEnc.empty() && \"Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
E.State = Incomplete;
++IncompleteCount;
9855}

9857/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
9858/// must be removed from the cache.
9859/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
9860/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
9861bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
if (!ID)
  return false;
auto I = Map.find(ID);
assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present")((I != Map.end() && "Entry not present") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I != Map.end() && \"Entry not present\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9865, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
Entry &E = I->second;
assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||(((E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
 "Entry must be an incomplete type") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("(E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) && \"Entry must be an incomplete type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9869, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&(((E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
 "Entry must be an incomplete type") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("(E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) && \"Entry must be an incomplete type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9869, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "Entry must be an incomplete type")(((E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
 "Entry must be an incomplete type") ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("(E.State == Incomplete || E.State == IncompleteUsed) && \"Entry must be an incomplete type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9869, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
bool IsRecursive = false;
if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
  // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
  IsRecursive = true;
  --IncompleteUsedCount;
}
if (E.Swapped.empty())
  Map.erase(I);
else {
  // Swap the Recursive back.
  E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
  E.Swapped.clear();
  E.State = Recursive;
}
--IncompleteCount;
return IsRecursive;
9886}

9888/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
9889/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
9890void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
                                  bool IsRecursive) {
if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
  return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
Entry &E = Map[ID];
if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
  assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&((E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
 "This is not the same Recursive entry") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && \"This is not the same Recursive entry\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9897, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "This is not the same Recursive entry")((E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
 "This is not the same Recursive entry") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && \"This is not the same Recursive entry\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9897, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
  // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
  // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
  return;
}
assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present")((E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E.Str.empty() && \"Entry already present\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 9903, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
E.Str = Str.str();
E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
9906}

9908/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
9909/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
9910/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
9911StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
if (!ID)
  return StringRef();   // We have no key.
auto I = Map.find(ID);
if (I == Map.end())
  return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
Entry &E = I->second;
if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
  return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.

if (E.State == Incomplete) {
  // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
  E.State = IncompleteUsed;
  ++IncompleteUsedCount;
}
return E.Str;
9927}

9929/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
9930/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
9931/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
9932/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
9933/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
9934/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
9935///
9936/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
9937/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
9938/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
9939/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
9940///
9941static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                        TypeStringCache &TSC);

9945/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
9946void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(
  const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
  const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
SmallStringEnc Enc;
if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
  llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
  llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV),
                              llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())};
  llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
    CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
  MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
}
9958}

9960void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMetadata(
  CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
  const llvm::MapVector<GlobalDecl, StringRef> &MangledDeclNames) const {
// Warning, new MangledDeclNames may be appended within this loop.
// We rely on MapVector insertions adding new elements to the end
// of the container.
for (unsigned I = 0; I != MangledDeclNames.size(); ++I) {
  auto Val = *(MangledDeclNames.begin() + I);
  llvm::GlobalValue *GV = CGM.GetGlobalValue(Val.second);
  if (GV) {
    const Decl *D = Val.first.getDecl()->getMostRecentDecl();
    emitTargetMD(D, GV, CGM);
  }
}
9974}
9975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9976// SPIR ABI Implementation
9977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

9979namespace {
9980class SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
9981public:
SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<DefaultABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
unsigned getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const override;
9985};

9987} // End anonymous namespace.

9989namespace clang {
9990namespace CodeGen {
9991void computeSPIRKernelABIInfo(CodeGenModule &CGM, CGFunctionInfo &FI) {
DefaultABIInfo SPIRABI(CGM.getTypes());
SPIRABI.computeInfo(FI);
9994}
9995}
9996}

9998unsigned SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const {
return llvm::CallingConv::SPIR_KERNEL;
10000}

10002static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
                     const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                     TypeStringCache &TSC);

10006/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
10007/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
10008/// order.
10009static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
                           const RecordDecl *RD,
                           const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                           TypeStringCache &TSC) {
for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
  SmallStringEnc Enc;
  Enc += "m(";
  Enc += Field->getName();
  Enc += "){";
  if (Field->isBitField()) {
    Enc += "b(";
    llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
    OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
    Enc += ':';
  }
  if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
    return false;
  if (Field->isBitField())
    Enc += ')';
  Enc += '}';
  FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
}
return true;
10032}

10034/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
10035/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
10036/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
10037static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
                           const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                           TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
// Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
if (!TypeString.empty()) {
  Enc += TypeString;
  return true;
}

// Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
size_t Start = Enc.size();
Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
Enc += '(';
if (ID)
  Enc += ID->getName();
Enc += "){";

// We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
bool IsRecursive = false;
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
  // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
  // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
  // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
  SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
  std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
  StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
  TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
  if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
    (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
    return false;
  }
  IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
  // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
  // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
  if (RT->isUnionType())
    llvm::sort(FE);
  // We can now complete the TypeString.
  unsigned E = FE.size();
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
    if (I)
      Enc += ',';
    Enc += FE[I].str();
  }
}
Enc += '}';
TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
return true;
10086}

10088/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
10089static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
                         TypeStringCache &TSC,
                         const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
// Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
if (!TypeString.empty()) {
  Enc += TypeString;
  return true;
}

size_t Start = Enc.size();
Enc += "e(";
if (ID)
  Enc += ID->getName();
Enc += "){";

// We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
  SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
  for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
       ++I) {
    SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
    EnumEnc += "m(";
    EnumEnc += I->getName();
    EnumEnc += "){";
    I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
    EnumEnc += '}';
    FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
  }
  llvm::sort(FE);
  unsigned E = FE.size();
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
    if (I)
      Enc += ',';
    Enc += FE[I].str();
  }
}
Enc += '}';
TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
return true;
10129}

10131/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
10132/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
10133static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
// Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
int Lookup = 0;
if (QT.isConstQualified())
  Lookup += 1<<0;
if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
  Lookup += 1<<1;
if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
  Lookup += 1<<2;
Enc += Table[Lookup];
10144}

10146/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
10147static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
const char *EncType;
switch (BT->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Void:
    EncType = "0";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Bool:
    EncType = "b";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Char_U:
    EncType = "uc";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::UChar:
    EncType = "uc";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::SChar:
    EncType = "sc";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::UShort:
    EncType = "us";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Short:
    EncType = "ss";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::UInt:
    EncType = "ui";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Int:
    EncType = "si";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::ULong:
    EncType = "ul";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Long:
    EncType = "sl";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
    EncType = "ull";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::LongLong:
    EncType = "sll";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Float:
    EncType = "ft";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::Double:
    EncType = "d";
    break;
  case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
    EncType = "ld";
    break;
  default:
    return false;
}
Enc += EncType;
return true;
10203}

10205/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
10206static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
                            const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                            TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Enc += "p(";
if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
  return false;
Enc += ')';
return true;
10214}

10216/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
10217static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
                          const ArrayType *AT,
                          const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                          TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
  return false;
Enc += "a(";
if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
  CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
else
  Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
Enc += ':';
// The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
  return false;
Enc += ')';
return true;
10235}

10237/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
10238/// and the arguments.
10239static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
                           const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                           TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Enc += "f{";
if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
  return false;
Enc += "}(";
if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
  // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
  auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
  auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
  if (I != E) {
    do {
      if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
        return false;
      ++I;
      if (I != E)
        Enc += ',';
    } while (I != E);
    if (FPT->isVariadic())
      Enc += ",va";
  } else {
    if (FPT->isVariadic())
      Enc += "va";
    else
      Enc += '0';
  }
}
Enc += ')';
return true;
10269}

10271/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
10272/// type encodings.
10273static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
                     const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                     TypeStringCache &TSC) {

QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();

if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
  // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
  return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");

appendQualifier(Enc, QT);

if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
  return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);

if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
  return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);

if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
  return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());

if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
  return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());

if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
  return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());

if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
  return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);

return false;
10305}

10307static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
if (!D)
  return false;

if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
  if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
    return false;
  return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
}

if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
  if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
    return false;
  QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
  if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
    // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
    // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
    // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
    return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
  }
  return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
}
return false;
10332}

10334//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10335// RISCV ABI Implementation
10336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

10338namespace {
10339class RISCVABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
10340private:
// Size of the integer ('x') registers in bits.
unsigned XLen;
// Size of the floating point ('f') registers in bits. Note that the target
// ISA might have a wider FLen than the selected ABI (e.g. an RV32IF target
// with soft float ABI has FLen==0).
unsigned FLen;
static const int NumArgGPRs = 8;
static const int NumArgFPRs = 8;
bool detectFPCCEligibleStructHelper(QualType Ty, CharUnits CurOff,
                                    llvm::Type *&Field1Ty,
                                    CharUnits &Field1Off,
                                    llvm::Type *&Field2Ty,
                                    CharUnits &Field2Off) const;

10355public:
RISCVABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, unsigned XLen, unsigned FLen)
    : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), XLen(XLen), FLen(FLen) {}

// DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
// non-virtual, but computeInfo is virtual, so we overload it.
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;

ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool IsFixed, int &ArgGPRsLeft,
                                int &ArgFPRsLeft) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;

Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                  QualType Ty) const override;

ABIArgInfo extendType(QualType Ty) const;

bool detectFPCCEligibleStruct(QualType Ty, llvm::Type *&Field1Ty,
                              CharUnits &Field1Off, llvm::Type *&Field2Ty,
                              CharUnits &Field2Off, int &NeededArgGPRs,
                              int &NeededArgFPRs) const;
ABIArgInfo coerceAndExpandFPCCEligibleStruct(llvm::Type *Field1Ty,
                                             CharUnits Field1Off,
                                             llvm::Type *Field2Ty,
                                             CharUnits Field2Off) const;
10380};
10381} // end anonymous namespace

10383void RISCVABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
QualType RetTy = FI.getReturnType();
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
1
Assuming the condition is false→
2
←
Taking false branch→
  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(RetTy);

// IsRetIndirect is true if classifyArgumentType indicated the value should
// be passed indirect, or if the type size is a scalar greater than 2*XLen
// and not a complex type with elements <= FLen. e.g. fp128 is passed direct
// in LLVM IR, relying on the backend lowering code to rewrite the argument
// list and pass indirectly on RV32.
bool IsRetIndirect = FI.getReturnInfo().getKind() == ABIArgInfo::Indirect;
3
←
Assuming the condition is false→
if (!IsRetIndirect3.1
'IsRetIndirect' is false
1
'IsRetIndirect' is false
1
'IsRetIndirect' is false
 && RetTy->isScalarType() &&
4
←
Calling 'Type::isScalarType'→
19
←
Returning from 'Type::isScalarType'→
21
←
Taking true branch→
    getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > (2 * XLen)) {
20
←
Assuming the condition is true→
  if (RetTy->isComplexType() && FLen) {
22
←
Assuming the condition is true→
23
←
Assuming field 'FLen' is not equal to 0→
24
←
Taking true branch→
    QualType EltTy = RetTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
25
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ComplexType'→
26
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
    IsRetIndirect = getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy) > FLen;
  } else {
    // This is a normal scalar > 2*XLen, such as fp128 on RV32.
    IsRetIndirect = true;
  }
}

// We must track the number of GPRs used in order to conform to the RISC-V
// ABI, as integer scalars passed in registers should have signext/zeroext
// when promoted, but are anyext if passed on the stack. As GPR usage is
// different for variadic arguments, we must also track whether we are
// examining a vararg or not.
int ArgGPRsLeft = IsRetIndirect ? NumArgGPRs - 1 : NumArgGPRs;
int ArgFPRsLeft = FLen ? NumArgFPRs : 0;
int NumFixedArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();

int ArgNum = 0;
for (auto &ArgInfo : FI.arguments()) {
  bool IsFixed = ArgNum < NumFixedArgs;
  ArgInfo.info =
      classifyArgumentType(ArgInfo.type, IsFixed, ArgGPRsLeft, ArgFPRsLeft);
  ArgNum++;
}
10421}

10423// Returns true if the struct is a potential candidate for the floating point
10424// calling convention. If this function returns true, the caller is
10425// responsible for checking that if there is only a single field then that
10426// field is a float.
10427bool RISCVABIInfo::detectFPCCEligibleStructHelper(QualType Ty, CharUnits CurOff,
                                                llvm::Type *&Field1Ty,
                                                CharUnits &Field1Off,
                                                llvm::Type *&Field2Ty,
                                                CharUnits &Field2Off) const {
bool IsInt = Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
bool IsFloat = Ty->isRealFloatingType();

if (IsInt || IsFloat) {
  uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
  if (IsInt && Size > XLen)
    return false;
  // Can't be eligible if larger than the FP registers. Half precision isn't
  // currently supported on RISC-V and the ABI hasn't been confirmed, so
  // default to the integer ABI in that case.
  if (IsFloat && (Size > FLen || Size < 32))
    return false;
  // Can't be eligible if an integer type was already found (int+int pairs
  // are not eligible).
  if (IsInt && Field1Ty && Field1Ty->isIntegerTy())
    return false;
  if (!Field1Ty) {
    Field1Ty = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
    Field1Off = CurOff;
    return true;
  }
  if (!Field2Ty) {
    Field2Ty = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
    Field2Off = CurOff;
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}

if (auto CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
  if (Field1Ty)
    return false;
  QualType EltTy = CTy->getElementType();
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy) > FLen)
    return false;
  Field1Ty = CGT.ConvertType(EltTy);
  Field1Off = CurOff;
  assert(CurOff.isZero() && "Unexpected offset for first field")((CurOff.isZero() && "Unexpected offset for first field"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CurOff.isZero() && \"Unexpected offset for first field\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 10469, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Field2Ty = Field1Ty;
  Field2Off = Field1Off + getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy);
  return true;
}

if (const ConstantArrayType *ATy = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
  uint64_t ArraySize = ATy->getSize().getZExtValue();
  QualType EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
  CharUnits EltSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy);
  for (uint64_t i = 0; i < ArraySize; ++i) {
    bool Ret = detectFPCCEligibleStructHelper(EltTy, CurOff, Field1Ty,
                                              Field1Off, Field2Ty, Field2Off);
    if (!Ret)
      return false;
    CurOff += EltSize;
  }
  return true;
}

if (const auto *RTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
  // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
  // copy constructor are not eligible for the FP calling convention.
  if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, CGT.getCXXABI()))
    return false;
  if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
    return true;
  const RecordDecl *RD = RTy->getDecl();
  // Unions aren't eligible unless they're empty (which is caught above).
  if (RD->isUnion())
    return false;
  int ZeroWidthBitFieldCount = 0;
  for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) {
    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
    uint64_t FieldOffInBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex());
    QualType QTy = FD->getType();
    if (FD->isBitField()) {
      unsigned BitWidth = FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
      // Allow a bitfield with a type greater than XLen as long as the
      // bitwidth is XLen or less.
      if (getContext().getTypeSize(QTy) > XLen && BitWidth <= XLen)
        QTy = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(XLen, false);
      if (BitWidth == 0) {
        ZeroWidthBitFieldCount++;
        continue;
      }
    }

    bool Ret = detectFPCCEligibleStructHelper(
        QTy, CurOff + getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(FieldOffInBits),
        Field1Ty, Field1Off, Field2Ty, Field2Off);
    if (!Ret)
      return false;

    // As a quirk of the ABI, zero-width bitfields aren't ignored for fp+fp
    // or int+fp structs, but are ignored for a struct with an fp field and
    // any number of zero-width bitfields.
    if (Field2Ty && ZeroWidthBitFieldCount > 0)
      return false;
  }
  return Field1Ty != nullptr;
}

return false;
10533}

10535// Determine if a struct is eligible for passing according to the floating
10536// point calling convention (i.e., when flattened it contains a single fp
10537// value, fp+fp, or int+fp of appropriate size). If so, NeededArgFPRs and
10538// NeededArgGPRs are incremented appropriately.
10539bool RISCVABIInfo::detectFPCCEligibleStruct(QualType Ty, llvm::Type *&Field1Ty,
                                          CharUnits &Field1Off,
                                          llvm::Type *&Field2Ty,
                                          CharUnits &Field2Off,
                                          int &NeededArgGPRs,
                                          int &NeededArgFPRs) const {
Field1Ty = nullptr;
Field2Ty = nullptr;
NeededArgGPRs = 0;
NeededArgFPRs = 0;
bool IsCandidate = detectFPCCEligibleStructHelper(
    Ty, CharUnits::Zero(), Field1Ty, Field1Off, Field2Ty, Field2Off);
// Not really a candidate if we have a single int but no float.
if (Field1Ty && !Field2Ty && !Field1Ty->isFloatingPointTy())
  return false;
if (!IsCandidate)
  return false;
if (Field1Ty && Field1Ty->isFloatingPointTy())
  NeededArgFPRs++;
else if (Field1Ty)
  NeededArgGPRs++;
if (Field2Ty && Field2Ty->isFloatingPointTy())
  NeededArgFPRs++;
else if (Field2Ty)
  NeededArgGPRs++;
return IsCandidate;
10565}

10567// Call getCoerceAndExpand for the two-element flattened struct described by
10568// Field1Ty, Field1Off, Field2Ty, Field2Off. This method will create an
10569// appropriate coerceToType and unpaddedCoerceToType.
10570ABIArgInfo RISCVABIInfo::coerceAndExpandFPCCEligibleStruct(
  llvm::Type *Field1Ty, CharUnits Field1Off, llvm::Type *Field2Ty,
  CharUnits Field2Off) const {
SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 3> CoerceElts;
SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 2> UnpaddedCoerceElts;
if (!Field1Off.isZero())
  CoerceElts.push_back(llvm::ArrayType::get(
      llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), Field1Off.getQuantity()));

CoerceElts.push_back(Field1Ty);
UnpaddedCoerceElts.push_back(Field1Ty);

if (!Field2Ty) {
  return ABIArgInfo::getCoerceAndExpand(
      llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), CoerceElts, !Field1Off.isZero()),
      UnpaddedCoerceElts[0]);
}

CharUnits Field2Align =
    CharUnits::fromQuantity(getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(Field2Ty));
CharUnits Field1Size =
    CharUnits::fromQuantity(getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(Field1Ty));
CharUnits Field2OffNoPadNoPack = Field1Size.alignTo(Field2Align);

CharUnits Padding = CharUnits::Zero();
if (Field2Off > Field2OffNoPadNoPack)
  Padding = Field2Off - Field2OffNoPadNoPack;
else if (Field2Off != Field2Align && Field2Off > Field1Size)
  Padding = Field2Off - Field1Size;

bool IsPacked = !Field2Off.isMultipleOf(Field2Align);

if (!Padding.isZero())
  CoerceElts.push_back(llvm::ArrayType::get(
      llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), Padding.getQuantity()));

CoerceElts.push_back(Field2Ty);
UnpaddedCoerceElts.push_back(Field2Ty);

auto CoerceToType =
    llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), CoerceElts, IsPacked);
auto UnpaddedCoerceToType =
    llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), UnpaddedCoerceElts, IsPacked);

return ABIArgInfo::getCoerceAndExpand(CoerceToType, UnpaddedCoerceToType);
10615}

10617ABIArgInfo RISCVABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool IsFixed,
                                            int &ArgGPRsLeft,
                                            int &ArgFPRsLeft) const {
assert(ArgGPRsLeft <= NumArgGPRs && "Arg GPR tracking underflow")((ArgGPRsLeft <= NumArgGPRs && "Arg GPR tracking underflow"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgGPRsLeft <= NumArgGPRs && \"Arg GPR tracking underflow\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 10620, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);

// Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
// copy constructor are always passed indirectly.
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
  if (ArgGPRsLeft)
    ArgGPRsLeft -= 1;
  return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
                                         CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
}

// Ignore empty structs/unions.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);

// Pass floating point values via FPRs if possible.
if (IsFixed && Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isComplexType() &&
    FLen >= Size && ArgFPRsLeft) {
  ArgFPRsLeft--;
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

// Complex types for the hard float ABI must be passed direct rather than
// using CoerceAndExpand.
if (IsFixed && Ty->isComplexType() && FLen && ArgFPRsLeft >= 2) {
  QualType EltTy = Ty->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
  if (getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy) <= FLen) {
    ArgFPRsLeft -= 2;
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
  }
}

if (IsFixed && FLen && Ty->isStructureOrClassType()) {
  llvm::Type *Field1Ty = nullptr;
  llvm::Type *Field2Ty = nullptr;
  CharUnits Field1Off = CharUnits::Zero();
  CharUnits Field2Off = CharUnits::Zero();
  int NeededArgGPRs;
  int NeededArgFPRs;
  bool IsCandidate =
      detectFPCCEligibleStruct(Ty, Field1Ty, Field1Off, Field2Ty, Field2Off,
                               NeededArgGPRs, NeededArgFPRs);
  if (IsCandidate && NeededArgGPRs <= ArgGPRsLeft &&
      NeededArgFPRs <= ArgFPRsLeft) {
    ArgGPRsLeft -= NeededArgGPRs;
    ArgFPRsLeft -= NeededArgFPRs;
    return coerceAndExpandFPCCEligibleStruct(Field1Ty, Field1Off, Field2Ty,
                                             Field2Off);
  }
}

uint64_t NeededAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
bool MustUseStack = false;
// Determine the number of GPRs needed to pass the current argument
// according to the ABI. 2*XLen-aligned varargs are passed in "aligned"
// register pairs, so may consume 3 registers.
int NeededArgGPRs = 1;
if (!IsFixed && NeededAlign == 2 * XLen)
  NeededArgGPRs = 2 + (ArgGPRsLeft % 2);
else if (Size > XLen && Size <= 2 * XLen)
  NeededArgGPRs = 2;

if (NeededArgGPRs > ArgGPRsLeft) {
  MustUseStack = true;
  NeededArgGPRs = ArgGPRsLeft;
}

ArgGPRsLeft -= NeededArgGPRs;

if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  // All integral types are promoted to XLen width, unless passed on the
  // stack.
  if (Size < XLen && Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && !MustUseStack) {
    return extendType(Ty);
  }

  if (const auto *EIT = Ty->getAs<ExtIntType>()) {
    if (EIT->getNumBits() < XLen && !MustUseStack)
      return extendType(Ty);
    if (EIT->getNumBits() > 128 ||
        (!getContext().getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() &&
         EIT->getNumBits() > 64))
      return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
  }

  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
}

// Aggregates which are <= 2*XLen will be passed in registers if possible,
// so coerce to integers.
if (Size <= 2 * XLen) {
  unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);

  // Use a single XLen int if possible, 2*XLen if 2*XLen alignment is
  // required, and a 2-element XLen array if only XLen alignment is required.
  if (Size <= XLen) {
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
        llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), XLen));
  } else if (Alignment == 2 * XLen) {
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
        llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2 * XLen));
  } else {
    return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(
        llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), XLen), 2));
  }
}
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
10734}

10736ABIArgInfo RISCVABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
if (RetTy->isVoidType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();

int ArgGPRsLeft = 2;
int ArgFPRsLeft = FLen ? 2 : 0;

// The rules for return and argument types are the same, so defer to
// classifyArgumentType.
return classifyArgumentType(RetTy, /*IsFixed=*/true, ArgGPRsLeft,
                            ArgFPRsLeft);
10747}

10749Address RISCVABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
                              QualType Ty) const {
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(XLen / 8);

// Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
  Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
  Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
  return Addr;
}

auto TInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);

// Arguments bigger than 2*Xlen bytes are passed indirectly.
bool IsIndirect = TInfo.Width > 2 * SlotSize;

return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TInfo,
                        SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign=*/true);
10767}

10769ABIArgInfo RISCVABIInfo::extendType(QualType Ty) const {
int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
// RV64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
if (XLen == 64 && Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
  return ABIArgInfo::getSignExtend(Ty);
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
10775}

10777namespace {
10778class RISCVTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
10779public:
RISCVTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, unsigned XLen,
                       unsigned FLen)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<RISCVABIInfo>(CGT, XLen, FLen)) {}

void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
  const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
  if (!FD) return;

  const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<RISCVInterruptAttr>();
  if (!Attr)
    return;

  const char *Kind;
  switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
  case RISCVInterruptAttr::user: Kind = "user"; break;
  case RISCVInterruptAttr::supervisor: Kind = "supervisor"; break;
  case RISCVInterruptAttr::machine: Kind = "machine"; break;
  }

  auto *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);

  Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
}
10804};
10805} // namespace

10807//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10808// VE ABI Implementation.
10809//
10810namespace {
10811class VEABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
10812public:
VEABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}

10815private:
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
10819};
10820} // end anonymous namespace

10822ABIArgInfo VEABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType Ty) const {
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(Ty);
10829}

10831ABIArgInfo VEABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
  return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(Ty);
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
10838}

10840void VEABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
  Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
10844}

10846namespace {
10847class VETargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
10848public:
VETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
    : TargetCodeGenInfo(std::make_unique<VEABIInfo>(CGT)) {}
// VE ABI requires the arguments of variadic and prototype-less functions
// are passed in both registers and memory.
bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
                           const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
  return true;
}
10857};
10858} // end anonymous namespace

10860//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10861// Driver code
10862//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

10864bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
return getTriple().supportsCOMDAT();
10866}

10868const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
  return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;

// Helper to set the unique_ptr while still keeping the return value.
auto SetCGInfo = [&](TargetCodeGenInfo *P) -> const TargetCodeGenInfo & {
  this->TheTargetCodeGenInfo.reset(P);
  return *P;
};

const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
switch (Triple.getArch()) {
default:
  return SetCGInfo(new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));

case llvm::Triple::le32:
  return SetCGInfo(new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::mips:
case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
  if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
    return SetCGInfo(new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
  return SetCGInfo(new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));

case llvm::Triple::mips64:
case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
  return SetCGInfo(new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));

case llvm::Triple::avr:
  return SetCGInfo(new AVRTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));

case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
case llvm::Triple::aarch64_32:
case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
  AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
  if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
    Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
  else if (Triple.isOSWindows())
    return SetCGInfo(
        new WindowsAArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AArch64ABIInfo::Win64));

  return SetCGInfo(new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
}

case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
case llvm::Triple::wasm64: {
  WebAssemblyABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = WebAssemblyABIInfo::MVP;
  if (getTarget().getABI() == "experimental-mv")
    Kind = WebAssemblyABIInfo::ExperimentalMV;
  return SetCGInfo(new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
}

case llvm::Triple::arm:
case llvm::Triple::armeb:
case llvm::Triple::thumb:
case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: {
  if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
    return SetCGInfo(
        new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP));
  }

  ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
  StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI();
  if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu")
    Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
  else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16")
    Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP;
  else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
           (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
            (Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF ||
             Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF ||
             Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::EABIHF)))
    Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;

  return SetCGInfo(new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
}

case llvm::Triple::ppc: {
  if (Triple.isOSAIX())
    return SetCGInfo(new AIXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, /*Is64Bit*/ false));

  bool IsSoftFloat =
      CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft" || getTarget().hasFeature("spe");
  bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
      PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
  return SetCGInfo(
      new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, IsSoftFloat, RetSmallStructInRegABI));
}
case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
  if (Triple.isOSAIX())
    return SetCGInfo(new AIXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, /*Is64Bit*/ true));

  if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
    PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
    if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
      Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
    bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
    bool IsSoftFloat = CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft";

    return SetCGInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX,
                                                      IsSoftFloat));
  }
  return SetCGInfo(new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
  assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!")((Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && \"PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp"
, 10971, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
  if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
    Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
  bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
  bool IsSoftFloat = CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft";

  return SetCGInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX,
                                                    IsSoftFloat));
}

case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
  return SetCGInfo(new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));

case llvm::Triple::msp430:
  return SetCGInfo(new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));

case llvm::Triple::riscv32:
case llvm::Triple::riscv64: {
  StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI();
  unsigned XLen = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
  unsigned ABIFLen = 0;
  if (ABIStr.endswith("f"))
    ABIFLen = 32;
  else if (ABIStr.endswith("d"))
    ABIFLen = 64;
  return SetCGInfo(new RISCVTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, XLen, ABIFLen));
}

case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
  bool SoftFloat = CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft";
  bool HasVector = !SoftFloat && getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
  return SetCGInfo(new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasVector, SoftFloat));
}

case llvm::Triple::tce:
case llvm::Triple::tcele:
  return SetCGInfo(new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));

case llvm::Triple::x86: {
  bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
  bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
      X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
  bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();

  if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
    return SetCGInfo(new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
        Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
        IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
  } else {
    return SetCGInfo(new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
        Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
        IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters,
        CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
  }
}

case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
  StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
  X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel =
      (ABI == "avx512"
           ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512
           : ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX : X86AVXABILevel::None);

  switch (Triple.getOS()) {
  case llvm::Triple::Win32:
    return SetCGInfo(new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
  default:
    return SetCGInfo(new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
  }
}
case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
  return SetCGInfo(new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::lanai:
  return SetCGInfo(new LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::r600:
  return SetCGInfo(new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
  return SetCGInfo(new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::sparc:
  return SetCGInfo(new SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
  return SetCGInfo(new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::xcore:
  return SetCGInfo(new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::arc:
  return SetCGInfo(new ARCTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::spir:
case llvm::Triple::spir64:
  return SetCGInfo(new SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
case llvm::Triple::ve:
  return SetCGInfo(new VETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
}
11065}

11067/// Create an OpenCL kernel for an enqueued block.
11068///
11069/// The kernel has the same function type as the block invoke function. Its
11070/// name is the name of the block invoke function postfixed with "_kernel".
11071/// It simply calls the block invoke function then returns.
11072llvm::Function *
11073TargetCodeGenInfo::createEnqueuedBlockKernel(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                           llvm::Function *Invoke,
                                           llvm::Value *BlockLiteral) const {
auto *InvokeFT = Invoke->getFunctionType();
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 2> ArgTys;
for (auto &P : InvokeFT->params())
  ArgTys.push_back(P);
auto &C = CGF.getLLVMContext();
std::string Name = Invoke->getName().str() + "_kernel";
auto *FT = llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(C), ArgTys, false);
auto *F = llvm::Function::Create(FT, llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, Name,
                                 &CGF.CGM.getModule());
auto IP = CGF.Builder.saveIP();
auto *BB = llvm::BasicBlock::Create(C, "entry", F);
auto &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Builder.SetInsertPoint(BB);
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> Args;
for (auto &A : F->args())
  Args.push_back(&A);
Builder.CreateCall(Invoke, Args);
Builder.CreateRetVoid();
Builder.restoreIP(IP);
return F;
11096}

11098/// Create an OpenCL kernel for an enqueued block.
11099///
11100/// The type of the first argument (the block literal) is the struct type
11101/// of the block literal instead of a pointer type. The first argument
11102/// (block literal) is passed directly by value to the kernel. The kernel
11103/// allocates the same type of struct on stack and stores the block literal
11104/// to it and passes its pointer to the block invoke function. The kernel
11105/// has "enqueued-block" function attribute and kernel argument metadata.
11106llvm::Function *AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::createEnqueuedBlockKernel(
  CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Function *Invoke,
  llvm::Value *BlockLiteral) const {
auto &Builder = CGF.Builder;
auto &C = CGF.getLLVMContext();

auto *BlockTy = BlockLiteral->getType()->getPointerElementType();
auto *InvokeFT = Invoke->getFunctionType();
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 2> ArgTys;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> AddressQuals;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> AccessQuals;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> ArgTypeNames;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> ArgBaseTypeNames;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> ArgTypeQuals;
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 8> ArgNames;

ArgTys.push_back(BlockTy);
ArgTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "__block_literal"));
AddressQuals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(0)));
ArgBaseTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "__block_literal"));
ArgTypeQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, ""));
AccessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "none"));
ArgNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "block_literal"));
for (unsigned I = 1, E = InvokeFT->getNumParams(); I < E; ++I) {
  ArgTys.push_back(InvokeFT->getParamType(I));
  ArgTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "void*"));
  AddressQuals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(3)));
  AccessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "none"));
  ArgBaseTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, "void*"));
  ArgTypeQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(C, ""));
  ArgNames.push_back(
      llvm::MDString::get(C, (Twine("local_arg") + Twine(I)).str()));
}
std::string Name = Invoke->getName().str() + "_kernel";
auto *FT = llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(C), ArgTys, false);
auto *F = llvm::Function::Create(FT, llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, Name,
                                 &CGF.CGM.getModule());
F->addFnAttr("enqueued-block");
auto IP = CGF.Builder.saveIP();
auto *BB = llvm::BasicBlock::Create(C, "entry", F);
Builder.SetInsertPoint(BB);
const auto BlockAlign = CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().getPrefTypeAlign(BlockTy);
auto *BlockPtr = Builder.CreateAlloca(BlockTy, nullptr);
BlockPtr->setAlignment(BlockAlign);
Builder.CreateAlignedStore(F->arg_begin(), BlockPtr, BlockAlign);
auto *Cast = Builder.CreatePointerCast(BlockPtr, InvokeFT->getParamType(0));
llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> Args;
Args.push_back(Cast);
for (auto I = F->arg_begin() + 1, E = F->arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
  Args.push_back(I);
Builder.CreateCall(Invoke, Args);
Builder.CreateRetVoid();
Builder.restoreIP(IP);

F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_addr_space", llvm::MDNode::get(C, AddressQuals));
F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_access_qual", llvm::MDNode::get(C, AccessQuals));
F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type", llvm::MDNode::get(C, ArgTypeNames));
F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_base_type",
               llvm::MDNode::get(C, ArgBaseTypeNames));
F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type_qual", llvm::MDNode::get(C, ArgTypeQuals));
if (CGF.CGM.getCodeGenOpts().EmitOpenCLArgMetadata)
  F->setMetadata("kernel_arg_name", llvm::MDNode::get(C, ArgNames));

return F;
11170}

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

→

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h"
21#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
22#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
50#include <cassert>
51#include <cstddef>
52#include <cstdint>
53#include <cstring>
54#include <string>
55#include <type_traits>
56#include <utility>

58namespace clang {

60class ExtQuals;
61class QualType;
62class ConceptDecl;
63class TagDecl;
64class TemplateParameterList;
65class Type;

67enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
70};

72namespace serialization {
template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter;
75}

77} // namespace clang

79namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

105} // namespace llvm

107namespace clang {

109class ASTContext;
110template <typename> class CanQual;
111class CXXRecordDecl;
112class DeclContext;
113class EnumDecl;
114class Expr;
115class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
116class FunctionDecl;
117class IdentifierInfo;
118class NamedDecl;
119class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
120class ObjCProtocolDecl;
121class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
122struct PrintingPolicy;
123class RecordDecl;
124class Stmt;
125class TagDecl;
126class TemplateArgument;
127class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
128class TemplateArgumentLoc;
129class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
130class TypedefNameDecl;
131class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

133using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

135// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
136#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
137#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

139/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
140/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
141/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
142/// * MS: __unaligned
143/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
144/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
145class Qualifiers {
146public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 282, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 293, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 315, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 343, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 373, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 382, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 388, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 401, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 408, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 463, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 463, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 465, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 465, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 467, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 467, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) ||
         // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces,
         // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers
         // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device ||
                                         B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) ||
         // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default.
         ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) &&
          (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default));
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS);

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

582private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
596};

598/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
599/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
600struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
623};

625/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
626///
627/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
628/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
629/// unspecialized type.
630enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
645};

647/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
648///
649/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
650/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
651/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
652/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
653/// 'const volatile int', etc).
654///
655/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
656/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
657/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
658/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
659/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
660/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
661class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

683public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 870, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part
/// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that
/// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a
/// pack expansion type.
QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
inline bool hasAddressSpace() const;

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space
/// qualifiers.
/// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces
/// and notion of overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const {
  Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q);
}

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1282private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1299};

1301} // namespace clang

1303namespace llvm {

1305/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1306/// to a specific Type class.
1307template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1313};

1315// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1316template<>
1317struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0;
1328};

1330} // namespace llvm

1332namespace clang {

1334/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1335/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1336/// two.
1337class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1354};

1356/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1357/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1358/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1359/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1360/// store qualifiers.
1361///
1362/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1363/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1364/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1365/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1366class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1386public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1412public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1420, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1424};

1426/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1427/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1428/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1429enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1438};

1440/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1441enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1450};

1452/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1453///
1454/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1455/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1456/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1457///
1458///  typedef int  foo;
1459///  typedef foo* bar;
1460///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1461///
1462/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1463/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1464/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1465/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1466/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1467/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1468/// is also 'int*'.
1469///
1470/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1471/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1472/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1473/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1474/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1475///
1476/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1477///
1478class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1479public:
enum TypeClass {
1481#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1482#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1483#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1484#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1487private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Store information on the type dependency.
  unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1522, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 };

1528protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 13;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;
  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  uint32_t NumElements;
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;

  /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;
};

1800private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1808protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase),
                "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!");
  static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0,
                "Insufficient alignment!");
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence);
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependence(TypeDependence D) {
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D);
}

void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); }

1835public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless";
/// every type is one or the other.  Standard types are all sized;
/// sizeless types are purely an extension.
///
/// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment,
/// or layout.
bool isSizelessType() const;
bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const;

/// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single
/// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t.
bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const;

/// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type.
/// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType.
QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7.
bool isStructuralType() const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isBFloat16Type() const;
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isObjectPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isMatrixType() const;                    // Matrix type.
bool isConstantMatrixType() const;            // Constant matrix type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
bool isUndeducedAutoType() const;             // C++11 auto or
                                              // C++14 decltype(auto)

2097#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2099#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2109#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2111#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isExtIntType() const;                    // Extended Int Type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const;
/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

TypeDependence getDependence() const {
  return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence);
}

/// Whether this type is an error type.
bool containsErrors() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error;
}

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified;
}

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;
2450};

2452/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2453/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2454template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2456/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2457/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2458/// non-sugared type.
2459template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2461/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2462/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2463template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2465// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2466// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2467#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2468#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2469template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2471} \
2472template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2474}
2475#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2477/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2478/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2479class BuiltinType : public Type {
2480public:
enum Kind {
2482// OpenCL image types
2483#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2484#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2485// OpenCL extension types
2486#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2487#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2488// SVE Types
2489#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2490#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2491// PPC MMA Types
2492#define PPC_MMA_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id,
2493#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
2494// All other builtin types
2495#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2496#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2497#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2500private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(),
           K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                          : TypeDependence::None) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2510public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2566};

2568/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2569/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2570class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2579public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2594};

2596/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2597class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {}

2605public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2620};

2622/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2623class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2632public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2647};

2649/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2650/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2651/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2652class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2656protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2664public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2683};

2685/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2686class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2692public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2698};

2700/// Pointer to a block type.
2701/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2702/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2703class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2713public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2731};

2733/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2734class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2737protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2746public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2775};

2777/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2778class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2786public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2793};

2795/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2796class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2802public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2809};

2811/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2812///
2813/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2814class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) |
               Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2829public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2863};

2865/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2866class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2867public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2876private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2880protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2886public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2907};

2909/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2910/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2911/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2912class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2925, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2934public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2967};

2969/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2970/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2971/// unspecified.
2972class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2979public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
3000};

3002/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
3003/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
3004/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
3005///
3006/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3007/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3008/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3009/// dynamically:
3010///
3011/// void foo(int x) {
3012///   int Y[x];
3013///   ++x;
3014///   int Z[x];
3015/// }
3016class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3032public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3053);
}
3055};

3057/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3058///
3059/// For example:
3060/// \code
3061/// template<typename T, int Size>
3062/// class array {
3063///   T data[Size];
3064/// };
3065/// \endcode
3066///
3067/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3068/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3069/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3070class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3089public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3117};

3119/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3120/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3121/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3122///
3123/// For example:
3124/// \code
3125/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3126/// class AddressSpace {
3127///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3128/// }
3129/// \endcode
3130class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3142public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3160};

3162/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3163/// dependent.
3164///
3165/// For example:
3166/// \code
3167/// template<typename T, int Size>
3168/// class vector {
3169///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3170/// }
3171/// \endcode
3172class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3186public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3204};


3207/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3208/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3209/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3210/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3211/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3212class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3213public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector
  SveFixedLengthDataVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector
  SveFixedLengthPredicateVector
};

3240protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3252public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3280};

3282/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3283////
3284/// For example:
3285/// \code
3286/// template<typename T, int Size>
3287/// class vector {
3288///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3289/// }
3290/// \endcode
3291class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3303public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3325};

3327/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3328/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3329/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3330/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3331/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3332/// Shading Language).
3333class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3339public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3397};

3399/// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions.
3400/// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies
3401/// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns.
3402class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3403protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
QualType ElementType;

MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy);

MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy,
           const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr);

3414public:
/// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

/// Valid elements types are the following:
/// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types
///   and _Bool
/// * the standard floating types float or double
/// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target
static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) {
  return T->isDependentType() ||
         (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}
3435};

3437/// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns
3438class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
3439protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
// FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType...
QualType ElementType;

/// Number of rows and columns.
unsigned NumRows;
unsigned NumColumns;

static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1;

ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

3458public:
/// Returns the number of rows in the matrix.
unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; }

/// Returns the number of columns in the matrix.
unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; }

/// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector.
unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const {
  return getNumRows() * getNumColumns();
}

/// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension.
static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) {
  return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

/// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension.
static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() {
  return MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(),
          getTypeClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns,
                    TypeClass TypeClass) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumRows);
  ID.AddInteger(NumColumns);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix;
}
3497};

3499/// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns
3500/// is dependent on a template.
3501class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *RowExpr;
Expr *ColumnExpr;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr,
                         Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3514public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; }
Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr);
3533};

3535/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3536/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3537class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3541public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to
  // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well.

  // |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall|
  // |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |    12    |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask =  0x700,
    RegParmOffset = 8
  };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 };
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

public:
  // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
  // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
  ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
          bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck,
          bool cmseNSCall) {
    assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3679, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
           (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
           (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
           (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
           (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) |
           (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const {
    if (cmseNSCall)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3788protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical,
             TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3799public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); }
CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3834};

3836/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3837/// no information available about its arguments.
3838class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   Result->getDependence() &
                       ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                         TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
                   Info) {}

3848public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3867};

3869/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3870/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3871/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3872/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3873/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3874/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3875/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3876class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation,
        FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType,
        Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the
//   ellipsis.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3928public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3981private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
  return isVariadic();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4060);
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

4085public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4089, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec.
ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const {
  ExceptionSpecInfo Result;
  Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    Result.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) {
    Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  return Result;
}

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4163, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
  return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()
                      : SourceLocation();
}

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4275, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4325};

4327/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4328/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4329///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4330///
4331/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4332class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {}

4342public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4360};

4362class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4365protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can);

4370public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4377};

4379/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4380/// as a macro invocation.
4381class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4395public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4409};

4411/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4412class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4415protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4420public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4430};

4432/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4433/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4434///
4435/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4436/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4437/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4438class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4442public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4452};

4454/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4455class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4465public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4475};

4477/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4478class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4482protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4487public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4498};

4500/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4501/// decltype(expr) types.
4502///
4503/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4504/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4505/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4506class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4509public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4518};

4520/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4521class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4522public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4527private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4536protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4542public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4554};

4556/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4557/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4558///
4559/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4560/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4561/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4562class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4564public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4577};

4579class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4587protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4590public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4599};

4601/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4602/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4603class RecordType : public TagType {
4604protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4612public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4625};

4627/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4628/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4629class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4635public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4644};

4646/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4647///
4648/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4649/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4650/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4651/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4652///
4653/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4654///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4655///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4656///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4657///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4658class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4659public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4662private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4675public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4722);
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4750};

4752class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon,
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4792public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4822};

4824/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4825/// type parameter.
4826///
4827/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4828/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4829/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4830/// therefore they are never canonical.
4831class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4841public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4870};

4872/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4873/// type parameter pack.
4874///
4875/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4876/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4877/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4878/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4879/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4880/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4881/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4882/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4883/// at the current pack substitution index.
4884class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4898public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4923};

4925/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4926/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4927/// class template types, and constrained type names.
4928///
4929/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4930/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4931/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4932/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4933class DeducedType : public Type {
4934protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType,
            TypeDependence ExtraDependence)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull()
                                  ? TypeDependence::None
                                  : DeducedAsType->getDependence() &
                                        ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {}

4946public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4963};

4965/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained
4966/// by a type-constraint.
4967class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept;

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD,
         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

4984public:
/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept;
}

bool isConstrained() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr;
}

bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
5030};

5032/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
5033class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) |
                      (IsDeducedAsDependent
                           ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                           : TypeDependence::None)),
      Template(Template) {}

5050public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
5068};

5070/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
5071/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
5072/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
5073/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
5074/// specifier, is instead represented as a
5075/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
5076///
5077/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
5078/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
5079/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
5080/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
5081///
5082/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
5083/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
5084/// type may also be canonical.
5085///
5086/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
5087/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
5088/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
5089/// template.
5090class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

5109public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5194};

5196/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5197/// enclosing the template arguments.
5198void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5203void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5208void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5213/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5214/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5215/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5216/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5217///
5218/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5219/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5220///
5221/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5222/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5223/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5224/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5225/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5226/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5227/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5228/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5229/// according to the rules of the language).
5230class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5256, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5257, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5260public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5279};

5281/// The kind of a tag type.
5282enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5297};

5299/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5300/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5301enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5323};

5325/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5326/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5327/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5328/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5329class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5330protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5337public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5367};

5369/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5370/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5371/// or both.
5372///
5373/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5374/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5375/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5376/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5377class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      NamedType->getDependence()),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5406, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5406, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5406, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5409public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5443};

5445/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5446/// dependent.
5447///
5448/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5449/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5450/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5451/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5452/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5453/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5454/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5455/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5456/// instantiation.
5457class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType,
                      TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                          toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5473public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5503};

5505/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5506/// resolved, e.g.
5507///   A<T>::template B<T>
5508class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5533public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5575};

5577/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5578///
5579/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5580/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5581/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5582/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5583/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5584/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5585/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5586/// parameter packs.
5587///
5588/// \code
5589/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5590///
5591/// template<typename ...Types>
5592/// struct tuple_of_references {
5593///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5594/// };
5595/// \endcode
5596///
5597/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5598/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5599class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon,
           (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent |
            TypeDependence::Instantiation) &
               ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5616public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5648};

5650/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5651/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5652template <class T>
5653class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5654protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5678public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5696, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5704};

5706/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5707/// a list of protocols.
5708class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5738public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    QualType CanonicalType,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5753};

5755/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5756///
5757/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5758/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5759/// protocols.
5760///
5761/// Given the following declarations:
5762/// \code
5763///   \@class C<T>;
5764///   \@protocol P;
5765/// \endcode
5766///
5767/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5768/// with base C and no protocols.
5769///
5770/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5771/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5772/// protocol list.
5773/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5774/// and protocol list [P].
5775///
5776/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5777/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5778/// and no protocols.
5779///
5780/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5781/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5782/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5783class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5821protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
    : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None),
      BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5839public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5915, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5930};

5932/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5933/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5934/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5935/// system should not reference this type.
5936class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5948public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5955};

5957inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5959}

5961inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5964}

5966inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5969}

5971/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5972/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
5973/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5974/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5975///
5976/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5977/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5978///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
5979///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5980///     fail to compile.
5981///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5982///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5983class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

5995public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
6017};

6019inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
    return T->getDecl();

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
6029}

6031/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
6032///
6033/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
6034/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
6035/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
6036/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
6037///
6038/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
6039/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
6040class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

6049public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6208};

6210class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {}

6218public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6237};

6239/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6240class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6250public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6271};

6273/// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth.
6274class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
unsigned IsUnsigned : 1;
unsigned NumBits : 24;

6279protected:
ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits);

6282public:
bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; }
bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; }
unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned,
                    unsigned NumBits) {
  ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned);
  ID.AddInteger(NumBits);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; }
6301};

6303class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
const ASTContext &Context;
llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned;

6308protected:
DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned,
                    Expr *NumBits);

6312public:
bool isUnsigned() const;
bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); }
Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr());
}
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt;
}
6329};

6331/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6332class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6333public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6354};

6356/// A container of type source information.
6357///
6358/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
6359/// @code
6360/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
6361/// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
6362/// @endcode
6363class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo {
// Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
// allocated by ASTContext.
friend class ASTContext;

QualType Ty;

TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {}

6372public:
/// Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
QualType getType() const { return Ty; }

/// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h

/// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution!
void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; }
6381};

6383// Inline function definitions.

6385inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6390}

6392inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6394}

6396inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6398}

6400inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6409}

6411inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6417}

6419inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6423}

6425inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6429}

6431inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6434}

6436inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6438}

6440inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6449}

6451inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6454}

6456inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6459}


6462inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6465}

6467inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6470}

6472inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6477}

6479inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6484}

6486inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6488}

6490inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6492}

6494inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6496}

6498inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6505}

6507/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
6508inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace();
6510}

6512/// Return the address space of this type.
6513inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6515}

6517/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6518inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6520}

6522inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6526}

6528inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6532}

6534inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6538}

6540inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6548}

6550inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6552}

6554/// Determine whether this type is more
6555/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6556/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6557/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6558/// int".
6559inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6563}

6565/// Determine whether this type is at last
6566/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6567/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6568/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6569inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6577}

6579/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6580/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6581/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6582/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6583///
6584///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6585///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6586///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6587///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6588inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6593}

6595inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6598}

6600/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6601///
6602/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6603inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6609}

6611/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6612///
6613/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6614inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6634}

6636inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6638}

6640inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6642}

6644inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6646}

6648inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6650}

6652inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6654}

6656inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6658}

6660inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6662}

6664inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const {
// Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an
// object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv
// void.
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6672}

6674inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6679}

6681inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6686}

6688inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6690}

6692inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6697}

6699inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6704}

6706inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6708}

6710inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6712}

6714inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6716}

6718inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6720}

6722inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6724}

6726inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6728}

6730inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6732}

6734inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6736}

6738inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6740}

6742inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6744}

6746inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6748}

6750inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const {
return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6752}

6754inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const {
return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6756}

6758inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6760}

6762inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6764}

6766inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6768}

6770inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6773}

6775inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6777}

6779inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const {
return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType);
6781}

6783inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
6787}

6789inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6793}

6795inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
6799}

6801inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6805}

6807inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6811}

6813inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6815}

6817inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6819}

6821#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6825#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6827inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6829}

6831inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6833}

6835inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6837}

6839inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6841}

6843inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6845}

6847inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6848#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6850#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6852}

6854inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6856}

6858inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const {
return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType);
6860}

6862#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6866#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6868inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6869#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6872#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6874}

6876inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6877#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6879#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6881}

6883inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6886}

6888inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6890}

6892inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K);
}
return false;
6897}

6899inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6903}

6905inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6910}

6912inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6913, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return isSpecificBuiltinType(K);
6915}

6917inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6921}

6923inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void);
6925}

6927inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half);
6930}

6932inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16);
6934}

6936inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16);
6938}

6940inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128);
6942}

6944inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr);
6946}

6948bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6949bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6951inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return isExtIntType();
6962}

6964inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6970}

6972inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
6974}

6976inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6982}

6984inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6986}

6988inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
7000}

7002inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
7004}

7006inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT9.1
'BT' is null
1
'BT' is null
1
'BT' is null
 = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
5
←
Calling 'dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType, clang::QualType>'→
9
←
Returning from 'dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType, clang::QualType>'→
10
←
Taking false branch→
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET15.1
'ET' is null
1
'ET' is null
1
'ET' is null
 = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
11
←
Calling 'dyn_cast<clang::EnumType, clang::QualType>'→
15
←
Returning from 'dyn_cast<clang::EnumType, clang::QualType>'→
16
←
Taking false branch→
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
17
←
Assuming field 'CanonicalType' is a 'PointerType'→
18
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isExtIntType();
7020}

7022inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return isExtIntType();
7033}

7035inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
7039}

7041inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
7044}

7046/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
7047/// an overloaded operator.
7048inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
7050}

7052/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
7053inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
7055}

7057inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
7060}

7062inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
7064}

7066inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
7071}

7073inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
7080}
7081/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress
7082/// spaces into a diagnostic with <<.
7083inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           LangAS AS) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return PD;
7088}

7090/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
7091/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7092inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
7097}

7099/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
7100/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7101inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
7106}

7108// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
7109// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
7110template <typename T>
7111using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

7115// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
7116template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7131}

7133template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
7165}

7167inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7179}

7181template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) :
 __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7186, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7188}

7190inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7191, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7194}

7196DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
7199#ifndef NDEBUG
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 7202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
7203#endif
7204}

7206QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
7210}

7212// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
7213// as a scaled integer.
7214// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
7215// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
7216void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

7219} // namespace clang

7221#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h

1//===- llvm/Support/Casting.h - Allow flexible, checked, casts --*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file defines the isa<X>(), cast<X>(), dyn_cast<X>(), cast_or_null<X>(),
10// and dyn_cast_or_null<X>() templates.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
15#define LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
16 
17#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
18#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
19#include <cassert>
20#include <memory>
21#include <type_traits>
22 
23namespace llvm {
24 
25//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
26//                          isa<x> Support Templates
27//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
28 
29// Define a template that can be specialized by smart pointers to reflect the
30// fact that they are automatically dereferenced, and are not involved with the
31// template selection process...  the default implementation is a noop.
32//
33template<typename From> struct simplify_type {
34  using SimpleType = From; // The real type this represents...
35 
36  // An accessor to get the real value...
37  static SimpleType &getSimplifiedValue(From &Val) { return Val; }
38};
39 
40template<typename From> struct simplify_type<const From> {
41  using NonConstSimpleType = typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType;
42  using SimpleType =
43      typename add_const_past_pointer<NonConstSimpleType>::type;
44  using RetType =
45      typename add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer<SimpleType>::type;
46 
47  static RetType getSimplifiedValue(const From& Val) {
48    return simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(const_cast<From&>(Val));
49  }
50};
51 
52// The core of the implementation of isa<X> is here; To and From should be
53// the names of classes.  This template can be specialized to customize the
54// implementation of isa<> without rewriting it from scratch.
55template <typename To, typename From, typename Enabler = void>
56struct isa_impl {
57  static inline bool doit(const From &Val) {
58    return To::classof(&Val);
59  }
60};
61 
62/// Always allow upcasts, and perform no dynamic check for them.
63template <typename To, typename From>
64struct isa_impl<To, From, std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of<To, From>::value>> {
65  static inline bool doit(const From &) { return true; }
66};
67 
68template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl {
69  static inline bool doit(const From &Val) {
70    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val);
71  }
72};
73 
74template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From> {
75  static inline bool doit(const From &Val) {
76    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val);
77  }
78};
79 
80template <typename To, typename From>
81struct isa_impl_cl<To, const std::unique_ptr<From>> {
82  static inline bool doit(const std::unique_ptr<From> &Val) {
83    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")((Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 83, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
84    return isa_impl_cl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
85  }
86};
87 
88template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*> {
89  static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
90    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")((Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 90, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
91    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
92  }
93};
94 
95template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*const> {
96  static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
97    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")((Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 97, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
98    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
99  }
100};
101 
102template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*> {
103  static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
104    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")((Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 104, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
105    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
106  }
107};
108 
109template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*const> {
110  static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
111    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")((Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
112    return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
113  }
114};
115 
116template<typename To, typename From, typename SimpleFrom>
117struct isa_impl_wrap {
118  // When From != SimplifiedType, we can simplify the type some more by using
119  // the simplify_type template.
120  static bool doit(const From &Val) {
121    return isa_impl_wrap<To, SimpleFrom,
122      typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit(
123                          simplify_type<const From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val));
124  }
125};
126 
127template<typename To, typename FromTy>
128struct isa_impl_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> {
129  // When From == SimpleType, we are as simple as we are going to get.
130  static bool doit(const FromTy &Val) {
131    return isa_impl_cl<To,FromTy>::doit(Val);
132  }
133};
134 
135// isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one
136// of the template type arguments.  Used like this:
137//
138//  if (isa<Type>(myVal)) { ... }
139//  if (isa<Type0, Type1, Type2>(myVal)) { ... }
140//
141template <class X, class Y> LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) {
142  return isa_impl_wrap<X, const Y,
143                       typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val);
144}
145 
146template <typename First, typename Second, typename... Rest, typename Y>
147LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) {
148  return isa<First>(Val) || isa<Second, Rest...>(Val);
149}
150 
151// isa_and_nonnull<X> - Functionally identical to isa, except that a null value
152// is accepted.
153//
154template <typename... X, class Y>
155LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa_and_nonnull(const Y &Val) {
156  if (!Val)
157    return false;
158  return isa<X...>(Val);
159}
160 
161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
162//                          cast<x> Support Templates
163//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
164 
165template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty;
166 
167// Calculate what type the 'cast' function should return, based on a requested
168// type of To and a source type of From.
169template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl {
170  using ret_type = To &;       // Normal case, return Ty&
171};
172template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From> {
173  using ret_type = const To &; // Normal case, return Ty&
174};
175 
176template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, From*> {
177  using ret_type = To *;       // Pointer arg case, return Ty*
178};
179 
180template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*> {
181  using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty*
182};
183 
184template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*const> {
185  using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty*
186};
187 
188template <class To, class From>
189struct cast_retty_impl<To, std::unique_ptr<From>> {
190private:
191  using PointerType = typename cast_retty_impl<To, From *>::ret_type;
192  using ResultType = std::remove_pointer_t<PointerType>;
193 
194public:
195  using ret_type = std::unique_ptr<ResultType>;
196};
197 
198template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom>
199struct cast_retty_wrap {
200  // When the simplified type and the from type are not the same, use the type
201  // simplifier to reduce the type, then reuse cast_retty_impl to get the
202  // resultant type.
203  using ret_type = typename cast_retty<To, SimpleFrom>::ret_type;
204};
205 
206template<class To, class FromTy>
207struct cast_retty_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> {
208  // When the simplified type is equal to the from type, use it directly.
209  using ret_type = typename cast_retty_impl<To,FromTy>::ret_type;
210};
211 
212template<class To, class From>
213struct cast_retty {
214  using ret_type = typename cast_retty_wrap<
215      To, From, typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType>::ret_type;
216};
217 
218// Ensure the non-simple values are converted using the simplify_type template
219// that may be specialized by smart pointers...
220//
221template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom> struct cast_convert_val {
222  // This is not a simple type, use the template to simplify it...
223  static typename cast_retty<To, From>::ret_type doit(From &Val) {
224    return cast_convert_val<To, SimpleFrom,
225      typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit(
226                          simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val));
227  }
228};
229 
230template<class To, class FromTy> struct cast_convert_val<To,FromTy,FromTy> {
231  // This _is_ a simple type, just cast it.
232  static typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type doit(const FromTy &Val) {
233    typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type Res2
234     = (typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type)const_cast<FromTy&>(Val);
235    return Res2;
236  }
237};
238 
239template <class X> struct is_simple_type {
240  static const bool value =
241      std::is_same<X, typename simplify_type<X>::SimpleType>::value;
242};
243 
244// cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.  This
245// casting operator asserts that the type is correct, so it does not return null
246// on failure.  It does not allow a null argument (use cast_or_null for that).
247// It is typically used like this:
248//
249//  cast<Instruction>(myVal)->getParent()
250//
251template <class X, class Y>
252inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
253                        typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>
254cast(const Y &Val) {
255  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
256  return cast_convert_val<
257      X, const Y, typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val);
258}
259 
260template <class X, class Y>
261inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type cast(Y &Val) {
262  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 262, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
263  return cast_convert_val<X, Y,
264                          typename simplify_type<Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val);
265}
266 
267template <class X, class Y>
268inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type cast(Y *Val) {
269  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 269, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
270  return cast_convert_val<X, Y*,
271                          typename simplify_type<Y*>::SimpleType>::doit(Val);
272}
273 
274template <class X, class Y>
275inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type
276cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) {
277  assert(isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val.get()) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 277, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
278  using ret_type = typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type;
279  return ret_type(
280      cast_convert_val<X, Y *, typename simplify_type<Y *>::SimpleType>::doit(
281          Val.release()));
282}
283 
284// cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to cast, except that a null value is
285// accepted.
286//
287template <class X, class Y>
288LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<
289    !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>
290cast_or_null(const Y &Val) {
291  if (!Val)
292    return nullptr;
293  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 293, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
294  return cast<X>(Val);
295}
296 
297template <class X, class Y>
298LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
299                                       typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type>
300cast_or_null(Y &Val) {
301  if (!Val)
302    return nullptr;
303  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 303, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
304  return cast<X>(Val);
305}
306 
307template <class X, class Y>
308LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type
309cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
310  if (!Val) return nullptr;
311  assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")((isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201124111112+7b5254223ac/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h"
, 311, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
312  return cast<X>(Val);
313}
314 
315template <class X, class Y>
316inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type
317cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) {
318  if (!Val)
319    return nullptr;
320  return cast<X>(std::move(Val));
321}
322 
323// dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.  This
324// casting operator returns null if the argument is of the wrong type, so it can
325// be used to test for a type as well as cast if successful.  This should be
326// used in the context of an if statement like this:
327//
328//  if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(myVal)) { ... }
329//
330 
331template <class X, class Y>
332LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<
333    !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>
334dyn_cast(const Y &Val) {
335  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
6
←
Assuming 'Val' is not a 'BuiltinType'→
7
←
'?' condition is false→
8
←
Returning null pointer, which participates in a condition later→
12
←
Assuming 'Val' is not a 'EnumType'→
13
←
'?' condition is false→
14
←
Returning null pointer, which participates in a condition later→
336}
337 
338template <class X, class Y>
339LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y &Val) {
340  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
341}
342 
343template <class X, class Y>
344LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y *Val) {
345  return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
346}
347 
348// dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to dyn_cast, except that a null
349// value is accepted.
350//
351template <class X, class Y>
352LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<
353    !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type>
354dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val) {
355  return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
356}
357 
358template <class X, class Y>
359LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value,
360                                       typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type>
361dyn_cast_or_null(Y &Val) {
362  return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
363}
364 
365template <class X, class Y>
366LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type
367dyn_cast_or_null(Y *Val) {
368  return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr;
369}
370 
371// unique_dyn_cast<X> - Given a unique_ptr<Y>, try to return a unique_ptr<X>,
372// taking ownership of the input pointer iff isa<X>(Val) is true.  If the
373// cast is successful, From refers to nullptr on exit and the casted value
374// is returned.  If the cast is unsuccessful, the function returns nullptr
375// and From is unchanged.
376template <class X, class Y>
377LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val)
378    -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) {
379  if (!isa<X>(Val))
380    return nullptr;
381  return cast<X>(std::move(Val));
382}
383 
384template <class X, class Y>
385LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) {
386  return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val);
387}
388 
389// dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to unique_dyn_cast, except that
390// a null value is accepted.
391template <class X, class Y>
392LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val)
393    -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) {
394  if (!Val)
395    return nullptr;
396  return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val);
397}
398 
399template <class X, class Y>
400LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) {
401  return unique_dyn_cast_or_null<X, Y>(Val);
402}
403 
404} // end namespace llvm
405 
406#endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H